Merge from emacs-24; up to 2012-04-21T14:12:27Z!sdl.web@gmail.com
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob487587bdbac76e2dadea810d1b541f8f4e30ec56
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20355 10021))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 \(fn)" t nil)
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 \(fn)" t nil)
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 \(fn)" t nil)
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
56 \(fn)" t nil)
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
68 ;;;***
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
86 \(fn)" t nil)
88 ;;;***
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
97 \(fn)" t nil)
99 ;;;***
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;***
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
147 \(fn)" nil nil)
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
187 the same person.
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
191 notices.
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
214 \(fn)" t nil)
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
239 \(fn)" nil nil)
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
245 or a buffer.
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
252 ;;;***
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20355 10021))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
304 the new one.
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
386 during preloading.
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
391 BODY...)
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
397 ;;;***
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20355 10021))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
433 options.
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
438 Fred (123) 456-7890
439 Alice (123) 456-7890
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
441 Joe (123) 456-7890
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
454 align that section.
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
474 to be colored.
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
481 \(fn)" t nil)
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
486 \(fn)" t nil)
488 ;;;***
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
511 \(fn)" nil nil)
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
528 Auto-layout is not.
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
569 \(fn)" nil (quote macro))
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
584 outline.)
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
597 and many other features.
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
616 Exposure Control:
617 ----------------
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
624 Navigation:
625 ----------
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
649 current topic
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
673 Misc commands:
674 -------------
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
677 for `allout-layout'.
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
686 format.
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
689 auto-activation.
691 Topic Encryption
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
709 signal.
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
713 for details.
715 HOT-SPOT Operation
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
740 Extending Allout
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
746 `allout-mode-hook'
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
750 `allout-structure-added-hook'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
756 Terminology
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
763 CURRENT ITEM:
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
767 called the:
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
770 ANCESTORS:
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
773 of the ITEM.
774 OFFSPRING:
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
776 SUBTOPIC:
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
778 CHILD:
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
780 SIBLINGS:
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
783 Topic text constituents:
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
786 text.
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
789 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
797 the PREFIX.
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
800 of the ITEM.
801 PREFIX-LEAD:
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
813 PREFIX-PADDING:
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
825 more details.
826 EXPOSURE:
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
829 CONCEALED:
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
849 ;;;***
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
869 visiting an outline.
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
894 The graphics include:
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
910 ;;;***
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20373 11301))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
932 ;;;***
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20355 10021))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
938 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
965 ;;;***
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20355 10021))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
974 \(fn)" t nil)
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
991 ;;;***
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20355 10021))
995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
997 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
998 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
999 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1000 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1001 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1002 \\[yank].
1004 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1005 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1006 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1007 the rules.
1009 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1010 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1011 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1012 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1014 \(fn)" t nil)
1016 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1017 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1019 \(fn)" t nil)
1021 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1022 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1023 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1025 \(fn)" nil nil)
1027 ;;;***
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1030 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
1031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1033 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1034 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1035 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1036 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1037 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1038 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1040 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1042 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1043 Toggle checking of appointments.
1044 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1045 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1049 ;;;***
1051 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1052 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1053 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20374 32165))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1056 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1057 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1058 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1059 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1061 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1062 kind of objects to search.
1064 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1074 normal variables.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1078 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1080 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1081 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1082 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1083 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1084 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1085 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1087 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1088 noninteractive functions.
1090 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1091 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1093 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1094 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1099 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1101 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1103 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1104 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1105 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1106 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1108 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1109 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1110 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1111 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1113 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1114 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1116 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1118 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1120 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1121 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1122 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1123 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1124 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1126 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1128 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1129 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1136 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1137 names and values of properties.
1139 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1141 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1143 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1144 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1145 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1146 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1147 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1148 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1150 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1151 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1152 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1153 documentation strings.
1155 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1157 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1159 ;;;***
1161 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20355
1162 ;;;;;; 10021))
1163 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1165 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1166 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1167 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1168 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1169 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1170 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1172 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1173 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1174 archive.
1176 \\{archive-mode-map}
1178 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1180 ;;;***
1182 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20355 10021))
1183 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1185 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1186 Major mode for editing arrays.
1188 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1189 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1190 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1192 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1194 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1195 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1196 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1198 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1199 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1200 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1201 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1202 The variables are:
1204 Variables you assign:
1205 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1206 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1207 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1208 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1209 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1210 row numbers in the buffer.
1212 Variables which are calculated:
1213 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1214 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1216 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1217 take a numeric prefix argument):
1219 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1220 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1221 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1222 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1224 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1229 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1230 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1231 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1232 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1234 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1235 between that of point and mark.
1237 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1238 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1240 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1241 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1242 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1243 newlines inside rows)
1245 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1247 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1249 \(fn)" t nil)
1251 ;;;***
1253 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20357
1254 ;;;;;; 58785))
1255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1257 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1258 Toggle Artist mode.
1259 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1260 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1261 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1263 How to quit Artist mode
1265 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1268 How to submit a bug report
1270 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1273 Drawing with the mouse:
1275 mouse-2
1276 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1277 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1278 below).
1280 mouse-1
1281 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1282 or pastes:
1284 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1287 to new point
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1304 lines
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 Paste Paste Paste
1311 --------------------------------------------------------------
1312 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1313 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1316 or diagonally.
1318 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1319 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1320 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1321 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1322 poly-lines.
1324 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1325 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1326 overwrite means the opposite.
1328 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1329 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1330 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1332 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1334 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1335 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1337 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1338 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1339 are currently drawing something.
1341 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1342 some time to fill.
1345 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1346 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1349 Settings
1351 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1353 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1355 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1357 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1359 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1360 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1362 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1365 Drawing with keys
1367 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1368 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1369 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1370 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1371 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1372 When pasting: Pastes
1374 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1376 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1378 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1379 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1380 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1381 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1382 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1383 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1386 Arrows
1388 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1389 of the line/poly-line
1391 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1392 of the line/poly-line
1395 Selecting operation
1397 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1399 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1403 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1405 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1406 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1412 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1415 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1417 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1418 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1421 Variables
1423 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1424 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1426 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1427 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1428 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1429 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1430 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1431 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1432 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1433 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1434 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1435 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1436 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1438 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1439 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1440 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1441 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1442 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1443 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1444 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1446 Hooks
1448 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1451 Keymap summary
1453 \\{artist-mode-map}
1455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1457 ;;;***
1459 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20355
1460 ;;;;;; 10021))
1461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1463 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1464 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1465 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1467 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1470 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1472 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1473 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1475 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1476 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1478 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1480 Special commands:
1481 \\{asm-mode-map}
1483 \(fn)" t nil)
1485 ;;;***
1487 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1488 ;;;;;; (20381 5411))
1489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1491 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1492 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1493 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1494 let-binding.")
1496 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1498 ;;;***
1500 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1501 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
1502 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1504 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1505 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1506 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1508 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1510 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1511 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1516 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1517 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1518 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1519 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1520 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1521 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1522 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1523 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1525 For example:
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1527 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1528 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1529 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1530 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1532 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1536 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1537 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1538 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1541 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1543 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1545 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1546 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1548 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1549 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1551 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1552 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1553 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1555 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1559 ;;;***
1561 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1562 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
1563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1565 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1566 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1568 \(fn)" t nil)
1570 ;;;***
1572 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1573 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20355 10021))
1574 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1576 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1577 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1578 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 \(fn)" t nil)
1582 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1583 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1584 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1585 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1587 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1589 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1590 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1591 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1594 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1596 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1598 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1599 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1601 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1602 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1604 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1605 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609 ;;;***
1611 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1612 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1613 ;;;;;; (20356 55829))
1614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1616 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1618 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1620 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1621 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1622 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1624 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1625 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1626 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1627 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1628 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1630 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1632 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1634 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1635 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1636 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1637 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1638 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1640 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1641 directory or directories specified.
1643 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1644 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1645 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1646 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1647 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1648 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1650 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1652 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1653 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1654 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1655 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1656 should be non-nil).
1658 \(fn)" nil nil)
1660 ;;;***
1662 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1663 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1664 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20373 11301))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1667 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1668 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1669 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1670 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1671 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1673 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1674 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1675 disk changes.
1677 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1678 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1679 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1683 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1684 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1686 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1687 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1689 \(fn)" nil nil)
1691 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1692 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1693 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1694 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1695 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1697 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1698 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1699 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1700 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1701 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1703 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1704 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1705 writing before you save the file!
1707 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1711 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1712 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1714 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1715 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1717 \(fn)" nil nil)
1719 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1720 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1721 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1722 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1723 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1724 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1726 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1728 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1729 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1731 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1732 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1734 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1735 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1736 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1738 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1739 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1740 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1741 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1742 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1744 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1745 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1746 specifies in the mode line.
1748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1750 ;;;***
1752 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1753 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20369 14251))
1754 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1756 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1757 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1758 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1760 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1762 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1764 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1765 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1766 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1767 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1769 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1770 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1771 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1773 Effects of the different modes:
1774 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1775 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1776 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1777 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1778 a random distance & direction.
1779 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1780 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1781 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1783 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1785 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1786 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1787 definition of \"random distance\".)
1789 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1791 ;;;***
1793 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1794 ;;;;;; (20369 14251))
1795 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1796 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1798 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1799 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1800 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1801 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1803 \(fn)" t nil)
1805 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1806 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1807 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1809 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1810 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1812 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1814 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1815 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1816 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1817 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1818 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1820 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1821 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1822 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1823 seconds.
1825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1827 ;;;***
1829 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1830 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20355 10021))
1831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1833 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1834 Time execution of FORMS.
1835 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1836 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1837 FORMS once.
1838 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1839 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1840 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1842 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1844 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1845 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1846 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1847 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1848 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1850 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1852 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1853 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1854 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1855 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1856 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1858 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1860 ;;;***
1862 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1863 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20355 10021))
1864 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1866 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1867 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1868 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1869 of corresponding buffers.
1870 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1871 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1872 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1873 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1874 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1875 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1877 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1879 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1880 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1882 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1884 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1885 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1886 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1887 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1889 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1890 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1891 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1892 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1893 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1895 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1896 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1899 Special information:
1901 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1903 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1904 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1905 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1906 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1907 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1908 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1909 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1910 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1911 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1912 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1913 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1915 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1916 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1917 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1918 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1919 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1920 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1921 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1922 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1924 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1926 ----------------------------------------------------------
1927 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1928 if that value is non-nil.
1930 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1932 \(fn)" t nil)
1934 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1935 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1936 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1937 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1938 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1939 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1940 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1941 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1942 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1943 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1944 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1945 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1947 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1949 ;;;***
1951 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1952 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
1953 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1955 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1956 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1958 \(fn)" t nil)
1960 ;;;***
1962 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1963 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1964 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
1965 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1967 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1968 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1970 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1971 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1972 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1974 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1976 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1977 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1979 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1981 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1982 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1984 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1986 ;;;***
1988 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20355
1989 ;;;;;; 10021))
1990 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1992 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1993 Play blackbox.
1994 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1996 What is blackbox?
1998 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1999 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2000 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2001 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2002 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2003 your score.
2005 Overview of play:
2007 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2008 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2009 four.
2011 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2012 movement keys.
2014 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2015 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2017 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2018 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2020 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2021 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2022 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2023 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2024 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2025 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2027 Details:
2029 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2031 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2032 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2033 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2034 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2036 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2037 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2038 denoted by the letter `R'.
2040 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2041 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2042 denoted by the letter `H'.
2044 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2045 example.
2047 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2048 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2049 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2050 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2051 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2052 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2053 ray.
2055 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2056 degree deflection it causes.
2059 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2060 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2061 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2062 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2063 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2069 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2070 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2074 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2076 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2077 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2083 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2084 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2085 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2086 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2087 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2088 emerging from the box.
2090 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2097 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2102 a reflection.
2104 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2106 ;;;***
2108 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2109 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2110 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2111 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2112 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20355 10021))
2113 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2114 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2115 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2116 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2118 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2119 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2120 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2121 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2122 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2123 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2124 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2126 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2127 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2128 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2130 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2131 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2132 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2133 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2134 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2135 recent one.
2137 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2138 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2139 yank successive words.
2141 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2142 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2143 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2144 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2145 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2147 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2148 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2149 the list of bookmarks.)
2151 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2153 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2154 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2155 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2156 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2157 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2158 this.
2160 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2161 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2162 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2163 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2165 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2166 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2168 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2169 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2170 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2172 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2174 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2175 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2177 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2179 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2180 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2182 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2183 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2184 after a bookmark was set in it.
2186 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2188 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2189 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2191 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2192 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2194 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2196 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2198 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2199 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2200 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2201 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2203 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2204 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2205 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2207 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2208 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2209 name.
2211 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2214 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2215 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2217 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2218 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2219 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2220 this.
2222 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2224 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2225 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2227 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2228 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2229 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2230 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2231 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2232 probably because we were called from there.
2234 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2236 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2237 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2238 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2240 \(fn)" t nil)
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2243 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2244 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2245 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2246 \(second argument).
2248 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2249 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2250 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2251 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2252 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2254 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2255 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2256 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2257 `bookmark-default-file'.
2259 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2261 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2262 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2263 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2264 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2265 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2266 while loading.
2268 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2269 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2270 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2271 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2272 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2273 explicitly.
2275 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2276 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2277 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2278 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2280 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2282 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2283 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2284 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2285 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2286 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2288 \(fn)" t nil)
2290 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2292 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2294 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2295 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2297 \(fn)" t nil)
2299 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2301 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2303 ;;;***
2305 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2306 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2307 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2308 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2309 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2310 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2311 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2313 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20361 20134))
2314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2316 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2317 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2318 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2319 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2321 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2322 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2323 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2324 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2325 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2327 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2329 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2330 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2331 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2332 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2333 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2334 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2336 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2338 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2339 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2340 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2341 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2342 narrowed.
2344 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2347 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2349 \(fn)" t nil)
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2352 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2354 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2356 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2358 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2359 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2360 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2361 first, if that exists.
2363 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2365 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2367 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2368 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2373 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2374 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2375 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2376 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2377 to use.
2379 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2382 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2383 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2384 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2386 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2390 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2391 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2393 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2394 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2395 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2396 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2398 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2399 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2400 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2409 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2410 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2412 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2413 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2414 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2415 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2417 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2418 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2419 new tab in an existing window instead.
2421 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2422 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2426 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2427 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2428 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2429 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2430 Firefox.
2432 When called interactively, if variable
2433 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2434 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2435 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2436 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2438 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2439 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2440 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2442 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2443 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2446 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2447 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2448 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2449 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2450 URL in a new window.
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2456 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2457 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2458 Chromium.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2465 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2467 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2468 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2469 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2470 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2472 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2473 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2474 new tab in an existing window instead.
2476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2481 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2482 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2484 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2488 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2489 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2491 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2492 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2493 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2494 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2497 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2504 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2505 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2506 program is invoked according to the variable
2507 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2509 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2510 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2511 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2512 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2514 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2515 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point.
2523 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2524 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2525 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2527 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2528 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2529 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2530 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2532 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2533 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2535 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2537 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2538 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2539 Default to the URL around or before point.
2541 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2542 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2543 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2545 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2546 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2548 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2550 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2551 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2552 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2553 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2555 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2558 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2559 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2560 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2561 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2562 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2564 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2566 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2567 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2568 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2569 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2570 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2572 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2573 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2574 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2575 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2577 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2578 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2580 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2582 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2583 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2584 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2585 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2586 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2587 current one.
2589 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2590 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2591 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2592 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2594 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2595 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2601 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2602 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2603 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2604 don't offer a form of remote control.
2606 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2608 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2609 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2610 Default to the URL around or before point.
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2615 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2616 Default to the URL around the point.
2618 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2619 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2621 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2622 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626 ;;;***
2628 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (20355
2629 ;;;;;; 10021))
2630 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2632 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2633 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2635 \(fn)" t nil)
2637 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2638 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2640 \(fn)" nil nil)
2642 ;;;***
2644 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2645 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20369 14251))
2646 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2648 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2649 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2650 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2651 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2653 \(fn)" t nil)
2655 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2656 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2657 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2658 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2660 \(fn)" t nil)
2662 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2663 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2665 \(fn)" t nil)
2667 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2668 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2669 \\<bs-mode-map>
2670 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2671 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2672 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2673 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2675 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2676 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2677 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2678 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2679 name of buffer configuration.
2681 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2683 ;;;***
2685 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20355 10021))
2686 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2688 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2689 Play Bubbles game.
2690 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2691 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2692 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2693 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2694 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2695 columns on its right towards the left.
2697 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2698 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2699 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2700 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2702 \(fn)" t nil)
2704 ;;;***
2706 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2707 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20355 10021))
2708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2710 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2712 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2713 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2714 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2715 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2716 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2720 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2721 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2725 ;;;***
2727 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2728 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2729 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2730 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2731 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20355 10021))
2732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2733 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2734 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2735 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2737 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2739 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2740 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2741 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2742 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2743 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2744 else the global value will be modified.
2746 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2748 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2749 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2750 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2751 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2752 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2753 else the global value will be modified.
2755 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2757 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2758 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2759 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2761 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2763 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2764 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2765 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2766 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2768 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2769 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2770 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2771 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2772 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2773 before scanning it.
2775 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2776 that already has a `.elc' file.
2778 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2779 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2781 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2782 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2783 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2784 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2785 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2786 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2788 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2790 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2791 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2792 Print the result in the echo area.
2793 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2797 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2798 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2799 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2801 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2803 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2804 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2805 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2806 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2807 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2808 all functions called by those functions.
2810 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2811 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2812 cons, etc.).
2814 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2815 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2816 invoked interactively.
2818 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2820 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2821 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2822 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2823 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2825 \(fn)" nil nil)
2827 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2828 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2829 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2830 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2831 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2832 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2833 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2834 already up-to-date.
2836 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2838 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2839 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2840 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2841 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2843 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2844 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2845 and corresponding effects.
2847 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2849 ;;;***
2851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20355
2852 ;;;;;; 10021))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2855 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2857 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2859 ;;;***
2861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20355 10021))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2864 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2866 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2868 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2870 ;;;***
2872 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2873 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
2874 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2876 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2877 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2878 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2879 from the cursor position.
2881 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2883 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2885 ;;;***
2887 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2888 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2889 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20373
2890 ;;;;;; 11301))
2891 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2892 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2894 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2895 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2899 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2900 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2902 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2904 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2905 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2907 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2909 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2910 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2912 \(fn)" t nil)
2914 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2915 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2916 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2917 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2919 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2921 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2922 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2923 This is most useful in the X window system.
2924 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2925 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2927 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2929 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2930 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2931 See calc-keypad for details.
2933 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2935 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2936 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2938 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2940 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2941 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2943 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2945 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2946 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2948 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2950 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2951 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2952 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2954 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2956 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2957 Define Calc function.
2959 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2960 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2961 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2963 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2964 actual Lisp function name.
2966 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2968 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2970 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2972 ;;;***
2974 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20355
2975 ;;;;;; 10021))
2976 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2978 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2981 \(fn N)" t nil)
2983 ;;;***
2985 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20355
2986 ;;;;;; 10021))
2987 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2989 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2990 Run the Emacs calculator.
2991 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2993 \(fn)" t nil)
2995 ;;;***
2997 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20355
2998 ;;;;;; 10021))
2999 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3001 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3002 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3003 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3004 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3005 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3006 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3008 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3009 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3010 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3011 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3012 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3013 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3014 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3015 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3016 window.
3018 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3019 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3021 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3022 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3023 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3024 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3025 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3026 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3028 Runs the following hooks:
3030 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3031 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3032 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3033 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3035 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
3037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3039 ;;;***
3041 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3042 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20355 10021))
3043 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3045 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3046 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3048 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3050 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3051 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3052 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3053 it fails.
3055 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3057 ;;;***
3059 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3060 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
3061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3063 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3064 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3065 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3066 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3067 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3069 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3070 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3071 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3072 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3073 restriction to ASCII.
3075 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3077 capitalizedWorDD
3078 ^ ^ ^^
3080 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3081 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3082 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3084 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3085 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3086 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3087 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3088 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3089 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3090 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3092 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3093 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3097 ;;;***
3099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20355
3100 ;;;;;; 10021))
3101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3102 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3104 ;;;***
3106 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3107 ;;;;;; (20373 11301))
3108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3110 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3111 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3113 \(fn)" nil nil)
3115 ;;;***
3117 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3118 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3119 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20355 10021))
3120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3122 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3123 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3125 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3126 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3128 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3129 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3131 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3133 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3134 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3135 made from scratch.
3137 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3139 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3140 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3142 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3143 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3144 made from scratch.
3146 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3148 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3149 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3151 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3153 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3154 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3155 made from scratch.
3157 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3159 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3160 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3162 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3163 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3164 made from scratch.
3166 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3168 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3169 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3171 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3173 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3174 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3175 made from scratch.
3177 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3179 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3180 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3182 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3183 variables are guessed:
3185 * `c-basic-offset', and
3186 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3187 `c-offsets-alist'.
3189 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3190 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3192 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3193 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3195 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3196 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3197 guess is made from scratch.
3199 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3200 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3202 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3204 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3205 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3206 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3207 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3209 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3210 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3211 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3213 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3215 ;;;***
3217 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3218 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3219 ;;;;;; (20369 14251))
3220 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3222 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3223 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3224 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3225 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3226 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3227 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3228 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3230 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3232 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3233 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3243 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3244 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3245 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3246 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3247 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3248 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3250 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3252 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3253 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3255 Key bindings:
3256 \\{c-mode-map}
3258 \(fn)" t nil)
3260 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3261 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3263 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3264 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3265 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3266 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3267 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3268 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3269 message.
3271 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3273 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3274 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3276 Key bindings:
3277 \\{c++-mode-map}
3279 \(fn)" t nil)
3281 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3282 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3283 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3285 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3286 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3287 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3288 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3289 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3290 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3291 message.
3293 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3295 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3296 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3298 Key bindings:
3299 \\{objc-mode-map}
3301 \(fn)" t nil)
3303 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3304 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3305 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3307 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3308 Major mode for editing Java code.
3309 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3310 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3311 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3312 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3313 message.
3315 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3317 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3318 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3320 Key bindings:
3321 \\{java-mode-map}
3323 \(fn)" t nil)
3325 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3326 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3327 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3329 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3330 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3331 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3332 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3333 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3334 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3335 message.
3337 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3339 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3340 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3342 Key bindings:
3343 \\{idl-mode-map}
3345 \(fn)" t nil)
3347 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3348 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3349 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3350 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3352 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3353 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3354 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3355 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3356 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3357 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3358 message.
3360 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3362 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3363 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3365 Key bindings:
3366 \\{pike-mode-map}
3368 \(fn)" t nil)
3369 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3370 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3371 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3372 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3373 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3374 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3376 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3377 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3378 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3379 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3380 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3381 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3383 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3385 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3386 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3388 Key bindings:
3389 \\{awk-mode-map}
3391 \(fn)" t nil)
3393 ;;;***
3395 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3396 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20355 10021))
3397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3399 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3400 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3401 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3402 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3404 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3406 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3407 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3408 might get set too.
3410 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3411 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3412 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3413 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3414 way.
3416 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3417 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3418 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3419 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3420 a null operation.
3422 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3424 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3425 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3426 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3427 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3429 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3431 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3432 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3433 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3435 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3437 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3438 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3439 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3440 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3441 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3443 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3445 ;;;***
3447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20355 10021))
3448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3449 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3450 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3451 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3453 ;;;***
3455 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3456 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3457 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
3458 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3460 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3461 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3463 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3465 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3466 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3468 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3470 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3471 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3473 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3474 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3475 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3476 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3477 execution.
3479 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3481 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3483 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3484 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3486 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3487 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3488 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3489 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3491 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3492 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3493 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3494 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3495 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3496 `write' commands.
3498 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3499 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3500 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3501 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3503 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3504 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3505 semantics.
3507 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3509 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3511 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3513 STATEMENT :=
3514 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3515 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3517 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3518 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3519 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3520 | integer
3522 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3524 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3525 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3526 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3528 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3529 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3530 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3532 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3533 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3535 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3536 BREAK := (break)
3538 REPEAT :=
3539 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3540 (repeat)
3541 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3542 ;; (repeat))
3543 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3544 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3545 ;; (read REG)
3546 ;; (repeat))
3547 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3548 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3549 ;; (read REG)
3550 ;; (repeat))
3551 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3553 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3554 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3555 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3556 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3557 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3558 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3559 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3560 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3561 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3562 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3563 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3564 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3565 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3566 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3567 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3568 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3570 WRITE :=
3571 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3572 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3573 ;; representation.
3574 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3575 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3576 ;; (write r7))
3577 | (write EXPRESSION)
3578 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3579 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3580 ;; representation.
3581 | (write integer)
3582 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3583 ;; buffer.
3584 | (write string)
3585 ;; Same as: (write string)
3586 | string
3587 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3588 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3589 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3590 ;; representation.
3591 | (write REG ARRAY)
3592 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3593 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3594 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3595 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3596 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3597 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3599 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3600 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3602 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3603 END := (end)
3605 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3606 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3607 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3609 ARG := REG | integer
3611 OPERATOR :=
3612 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3613 + | - | * | / | %
3615 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3616 | & | `|' | ^
3618 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3619 | << | >>
3621 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3622 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3623 | <8
3625 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3626 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3627 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3628 | >8
3630 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3631 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3632 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3633 | //
3635 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3636 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3638 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3639 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3640 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3641 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3642 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3643 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3644 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3645 | de-sjis
3647 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3648 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3649 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3650 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3651 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3652 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3653 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3654 ;; byte of SJIS.
3655 | en-sjis
3657 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3658 ;; Same meaning as C code
3659 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3661 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3662 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3663 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3664 | <8=
3666 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3667 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3668 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3670 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3671 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3672 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3673 | //=
3675 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3678 TRANSLATE :=
3679 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3680 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3681 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3682 LOOKUP :=
3683 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3684 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3685 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3686 MAP :=
3687 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3688 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3689 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3690 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3691 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3692 MAP-ID := integer
3694 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3696 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3698 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3699 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3700 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3701 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3702 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3703 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3705 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3707 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3708 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3709 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3711 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3713 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3715 ;;;***
3717 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3718 ;;;;;; (20377 8374))
3719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3721 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3722 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3723 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3724 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3726 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3728 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3730 ;;;***
3732 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3733 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20355 10021))
3734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3736 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3737 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3738 There are no special keybindings by default.
3740 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3741 to the action header.
3743 \(fn)" t nil)
3745 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3746 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3747 There are no special keybindings by default.
3749 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3750 to the action header.
3752 \(fn)" t nil)
3754 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3755 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3756 on the buffer contents
3758 \(fn)" nil nil)
3760 ;;;***
3762 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3763 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20378 29222))
3764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3766 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3767 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3768 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3770 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3772 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3773 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3774 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3776 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3778 ;;;***
3780 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3781 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3782 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3783 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3784 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3785 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3786 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3787 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3788 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20355 10021))
3789 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3790 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3791 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3792 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3793 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3794 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3796 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3799 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3801 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3802 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3803 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3804 the users will view as each check is completed.
3806 \(fn)" t nil)
3808 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3809 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3810 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3811 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3812 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3813 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3814 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3815 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3817 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3819 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3820 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3821 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3822 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3823 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3824 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3825 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3826 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3828 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3830 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3831 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3832 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3833 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3834 spacing are all verified.
3836 \(fn)" t nil)
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3839 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3840 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3841 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3842 otherwise stop after the first error.
3844 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3846 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3847 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3848 Only documentation strings are checked.
3849 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3850 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3851 a separate buffer.
3853 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3856 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3857 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3858 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3859 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3861 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3864 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3865 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3866 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3867 if there is one.
3869 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3871 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3872 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3873 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3874 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3875 if there is one.
3876 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3878 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3880 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3881 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3882 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3884 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3886 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3887 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3888 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3889 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3890 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3892 \(fn)" t nil)
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3895 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3896 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3897 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3898 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3899 space at the end of each line.
3901 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3903 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3904 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3905 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3906 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3908 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3911 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3912 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3913 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3915 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3917 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3918 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3919 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3920 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3922 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3924 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3925 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3926 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3927 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3929 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3931 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3932 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3933 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3934 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3936 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3938 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3939 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3940 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3941 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3943 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3945 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3946 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3947 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3948 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3950 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3952 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3953 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3954 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3955 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3957 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3959 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3960 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3961 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3962 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3964 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3966 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3967 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3968 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3969 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3970 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3972 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3973 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3974 checking of documentation strings.
3976 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3980 ;;;***
3982 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3983 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3984 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20355 10021))
3985 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3987 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3988 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3989 Return the length of resulting text.
3991 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3993 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3994 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3996 \(fn)" t nil)
3998 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3999 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4000 Return the length of resulting text.
4002 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4004 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4005 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4007 \(fn)" t nil)
4009 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4012 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4014 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4017 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4019 ;;;***
4021 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4022 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20355 10021))
4023 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4025 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4026 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4027 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4028 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4029 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4030 editing and the result is evaluated.
4032 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4034 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4035 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4036 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4037 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4038 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4040 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4042 \(fn)" t nil)
4044 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4045 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4046 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4047 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4048 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4050 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4051 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4052 \\{command-history-map}
4054 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4055 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4057 \(fn)" t nil)
4059 ;;;***
4061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (20355 10021))
4062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4064 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4065 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4066 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4067 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4068 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4069 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4071 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4072 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4074 ;;;***
4076 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4077 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
4078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4080 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4081 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4082 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4083 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4084 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4085 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4086 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4087 of this function.
4089 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4090 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4091 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4092 property are:
4094 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4095 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4097 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4098 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4099 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4100 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4101 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4102 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4103 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4104 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4105 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4106 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4107 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4108 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4110 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4111 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4112 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4114 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4115 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4116 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4117 list elements are:
4119 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4121 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4123 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4125 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4126 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4128 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4129 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4131 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4132 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4133 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4134 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4135 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4136 value specified by their associated list element.
4138 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4140 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4141 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4142 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4144 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4145 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4146 * indent the first argument by 4.
4147 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4148 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4149 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4151 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4153 ;;;***
4155 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4156 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
4157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4159 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4160 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4161 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4162 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4164 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4165 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4166 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4167 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4169 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4170 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4172 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4174 ;;;***
4176 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20355
4177 ;;;;;; 10021))
4178 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4180 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4181 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4182 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4183 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4184 of `scheme-program-name').
4185 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4186 it is given as initial input.
4187 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4188 discards input when it starts up.
4189 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4190 is run).
4191 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4193 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4195 ;;;***
4197 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20355 10021))
4198 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4200 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4201 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4202 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4203 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4205 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4206 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4208 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4209 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4210 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4212 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4214 ;;;***
4216 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4217 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4218 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4219 ;;;;;; (20376 40834))
4220 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4222 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4223 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4224 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4225 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4226 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4227 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4228 functions have already modified the buffer.
4230 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4232 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4233 either globally or locally.")
4235 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4236 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4237 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4238 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4240 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4241 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4242 `start-file-process'
4243 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4244 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4245 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4247 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4248 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4250 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4252 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4254 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4256 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4257 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4258 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4259 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4260 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4261 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4262 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4263 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4264 process as its initial input.
4266 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4268 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4270 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4272 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4273 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4274 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4275 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4276 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4277 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4279 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4281 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4282 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4283 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4284 directory tracking functions.")
4286 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4287 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4288 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4290 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4292 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4294 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4295 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4296 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4298 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4300 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4302 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4303 Send COMMAND to current process.
4304 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4305 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4307 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4309 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4310 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4311 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4312 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4314 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4316 ;;;***
4318 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4319 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
4320 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4322 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4323 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4324 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4325 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4327 This command pushes the mark in each window
4328 at the prior location of point in that window.
4329 If both windows display the same buffer,
4330 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4331 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4333 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4334 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4335 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4336 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4337 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4338 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4339 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4340 ignored.
4342 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4343 this command work in interlaced mode:
4344 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4345 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4346 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4348 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4350 ;;;***
4352 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4353 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4354 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4355 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4356 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20355
4357 ;;;;;; 10021))
4358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4360 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4361 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4363 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4365 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4366 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4367 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4368 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4369 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4370 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4371 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4373 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4375 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4376 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4378 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4380 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4381 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4382 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4383 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4384 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4386 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4387 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4388 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4389 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4390 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4392 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4393 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4394 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4395 describing how the process finished.")
4397 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4398 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4399 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4400 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4401 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4403 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4404 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4405 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4407 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4409 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4410 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4411 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4412 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4414 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4416 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4417 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4419 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4420 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4422 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4423 (lambda ()
4424 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4425 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4426 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4427 (concat \"make -k \"
4428 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4430 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4431 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4433 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4434 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4435 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4436 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4438 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4440 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4441 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4442 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4443 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4445 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4446 and move to the source code that caused it.
4448 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4449 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4451 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4452 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4453 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4454 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4456 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4457 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4458 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4459 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4461 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4462 kills its subprocesses.
4464 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4465 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4466 to a function that generates a unique name.
4468 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4470 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4471 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4472 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4473 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4475 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4476 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4478 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4479 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4480 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4481 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4483 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4484 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4485 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4487 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4489 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4491 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4492 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4493 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4494 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4495 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4497 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4499 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4501 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4503 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4504 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4505 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4506 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4507 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4509 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4510 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4511 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4512 See `compilation-mode'.
4514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4516 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4517 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4518 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4519 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4520 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4522 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4523 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4524 `compilation-mode'.
4526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4528 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4529 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4530 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4532 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4534 ;;;***
4536 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4537 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
4538 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4540 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4541 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4542 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4545 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4547 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4549 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4550 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4551 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4552 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4553 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4557 ;;;***
4559 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4560 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4561 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4562 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
4563 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4565 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4566 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4567 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4568 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4569 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4570 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4571 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4573 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4574 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4575 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4577 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4578 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4579 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4581 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4582 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4583 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4584 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4586 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4587 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4588 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4589 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4590 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4591 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4592 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4594 \\{conf-mode-map}
4596 \(fn)" t nil)
4598 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4599 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4600 Comments start with `#'.
4601 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4603 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4605 \[Desktop Entry]
4606 Encoding=UTF-8
4607 Name=The GIMP
4608 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4609 Name[cs]=GIMP
4611 \(fn)" t nil)
4613 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4614 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4615 Comments start with `;'.
4616 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4618 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4620 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4621 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4622 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4624 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4625 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4627 \(fn)" t nil)
4629 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4630 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4631 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4632 between `/*' and `*/'.
4633 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4635 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4636 // another kind of comment
4637 /* yet another */
4639 name:value
4640 name=value
4641 name value
4642 x.1 =
4643 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4644 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4646 \(fn)" t nil)
4648 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4649 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4650 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4651 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4652 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4653 `conf-space-keywords'.
4654 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4655 in an interactive fashion instead.
4657 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4659 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4661 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4662 image/png png
4663 image/tiff tiff tif
4665 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4666 class desktop
4667 # Standard multimedia devices
4668 add /dev/audio desktop
4669 add /dev/mixer desktop
4671 \(fn)" t nil)
4673 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4674 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4675 See `conf-space-mode'.
4677 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4679 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4680 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4681 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4682 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4684 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4686 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4687 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4689 \(fn)" t nil)
4691 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4692 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4693 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4694 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4696 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4698 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4699 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4701 \(fn)" t nil)
4703 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4704 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4705 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4706 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4708 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4710 *background: gray99
4711 *foreground: black
4713 \(fn)" t nil)
4715 ;;;***
4717 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4718 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20364 27900))
4719 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4721 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4722 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4723 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4724 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4726 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4728 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4729 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4730 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4731 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4733 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4735 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4736 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4737 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4738 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4740 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4742 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4743 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4745 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4747 ;;;***
4749 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4750 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20355
4751 ;;;;;; 10021))
4752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4753 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4754 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4755 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4757 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4758 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4759 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4760 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4761 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4762 following the copyright are updated as well.
4763 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4764 interactively.
4766 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4768 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4769 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4770 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4771 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4772 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4774 \(fn)" t nil)
4776 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4777 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4779 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4781 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4782 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4783 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4785 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4787 ;;;***
4789 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4790 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20355 10021))
4791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4792 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4793 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4794 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4795 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4796 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4797 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4798 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4800 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4801 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4802 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4803 Tab indents for Perl code.
4804 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4805 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4807 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4808 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4809 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4810 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4811 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4812 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4813 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4814 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4815 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4816 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4817 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4818 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4820 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4822 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4823 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4825 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4827 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4828 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4829 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4830 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4831 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4832 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4833 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4834 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4835 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4837 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4839 bite if angry;
4841 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4842 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4843 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4844 to nil.)
4846 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4847 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4848 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4850 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4852 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4853 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4854 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4855 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4856 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4858 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4860 if (A) { B }
4862 into
4864 B if A;
4866 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4868 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4869 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4870 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4871 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4872 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4873 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4874 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4875 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4876 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4877 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4878 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4879 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4880 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4882 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4883 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4884 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4885 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4886 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4887 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4889 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4890 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4891 man via menu.
4893 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4894 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4895 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4896 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4897 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4899 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4900 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4901 span the needed amount of lines.
4903 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4904 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4905 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4906 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4908 Variables controlling indentation style:
4909 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4910 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4911 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4912 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4913 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4914 `cperl-auto-newline'
4915 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4916 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4917 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4918 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4919 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4920 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4921 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4922 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4923 `cperl-indent-level'
4924 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4925 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4926 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4927 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4928 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4929 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4930 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4931 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4932 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4933 `cperl-brace-offset'
4934 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4935 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4936 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4937 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4938 `cperl-label-offset'
4939 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4940 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4941 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4943 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4944 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4945 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4946 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4947 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4948 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4950 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4951 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4952 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4953 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4955 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4956 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4957 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4958 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4959 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4960 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4961 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4963 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4964 column 0 is indented on
4965 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4967 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4968 with no args.
4970 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4971 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4972 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4974 \(fn)" t nil)
4976 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4977 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4979 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4981 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4982 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4984 \(fn)" t nil)
4986 ;;;***
4988 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4989 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
4990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4992 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4993 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4994 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4995 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4996 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4998 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5000 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5001 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5003 \(fn)" t nil)
5005 ;;;***
5007 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5008 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
5009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5011 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5012 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5013 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5014 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5016 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5017 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5019 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5021 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5022 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5023 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5024 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5025 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5029 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5031 ;;;***
5033 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5034 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
5035 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5037 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5038 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5039 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5040 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5042 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5043 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5044 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5045 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5047 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5048 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5049 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5051 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5052 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5053 'bob', and 'eve'.
5055 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5056 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5057 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5059 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5061 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5062 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5063 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5065 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5067 ;;;***
5069 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20355
5070 ;;;;;; 10021))
5071 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5073 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5074 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5076 \(fn)" t nil)
5078 ;;;***
5080 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5081 ;;;;;; (20361 20134))
5082 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5084 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5085 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5086 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5087 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5088 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5089 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5091 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5093 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5094 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5095 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5096 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5097 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5099 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5100 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5101 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5102 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5103 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5104 normal function of these prefix keys.
5106 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5107 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5108 options:
5109 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5110 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5111 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5113 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5114 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5115 the prefix fallback behavior.
5117 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5118 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5119 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5120 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5124 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5125 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5127 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5129 ;;;***
5131 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5132 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5133 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5134 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5135 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5136 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5137 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5138 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5139 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5140 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5141 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20375 53029))
5142 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5144 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5145 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5147 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5149 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5150 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5152 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5154 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5155 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5157 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5159 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5160 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5162 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5163 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5165 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5166 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5168 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5170 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5172 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5173 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5174 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5176 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5177 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5179 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5180 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5182 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5183 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5185 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5187 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5189 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5190 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5191 Return VALUE.
5193 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5194 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5196 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5197 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5199 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5200 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5202 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5204 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5206 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5207 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5208 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5209 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5211 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5212 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5213 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5215 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5217 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5218 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5219 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5220 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5221 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5223 \(fn)" t nil)
5225 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5226 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5227 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5228 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5230 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5232 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5233 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5234 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5236 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5238 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5239 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5241 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5243 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5245 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5248 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5250 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5252 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5253 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5254 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5256 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5258 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5259 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5260 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5261 as part of Emacs itself.
5263 Each elements looks like this:
5265 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5267 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5268 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5269 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5270 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5271 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5272 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5273 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5274 and `defface'.
5276 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5278 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5279 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5280 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5281 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5282 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5284 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5285 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5286 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5287 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5289 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5291 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5292 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5293 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5294 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5295 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5296 release.
5298 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5299 that were added or redefined since that version.
5301 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5303 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5304 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5305 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5306 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5308 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5310 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5311 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5313 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5315 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5316 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5317 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5319 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5320 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5322 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5324 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5327 \(fn)" t nil)
5329 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5330 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5332 \(fn)" t nil)
5334 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5335 Customize all saved options and faces.
5337 \(fn)" t nil)
5339 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5340 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5341 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5342 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5343 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5344 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5346 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5347 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5348 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5350 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5352 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5353 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5355 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5357 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5358 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5360 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5362 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5363 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5365 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5367 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5368 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5369 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5370 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5371 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5372 that option.
5374 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5376 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5377 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5378 The result includes selecting that window.
5379 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5380 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5381 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5382 that option.
5384 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5386 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5387 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5389 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5391 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5392 File used for storing customization information.
5393 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5394 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5395 it should be an absolute file name.
5397 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5398 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5399 something like the following in your init file:
5401 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5402 \(load custom-file)
5404 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5405 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5407 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5408 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5409 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5410 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5411 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5413 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5414 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5415 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5416 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5417 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5418 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5419 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5420 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5421 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5422 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5424 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5426 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5427 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5429 \(fn)" nil nil)
5431 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5432 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5434 \(fn)" t nil)
5436 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5437 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5438 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5440 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5442 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5443 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5444 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5445 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5446 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5448 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5450 ;;;***
5452 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5453 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20355
5454 ;;;;;; 10021))
5455 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5457 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5458 Create or edit a custom theme.
5459 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5460 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5461 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5462 from the Custom save file.
5463 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5464 named *Custom Theme*.
5466 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5468 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5469 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5471 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5473 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5474 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5476 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5478 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5479 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5480 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5481 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5483 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5485 ;;;***
5487 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5488 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
5489 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5491 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5492 Mode used for cvs status output.
5494 \(fn)" t nil)
5496 ;;;***
5498 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5499 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20355 10021))
5500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5502 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5503 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5505 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5507 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5508 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5509 C++ modes are included.
5511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5512 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5513 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5517 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5518 Turn on CWarn mode.
5520 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5521 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5523 \(fn)" nil nil)
5525 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5526 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5527 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5528 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5529 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5530 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5532 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5534 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5535 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5536 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5537 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5538 ARG is omitted or nil.
5540 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5541 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5542 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5546 ;;;***
5548 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5549 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5550 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
5551 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5553 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5554 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5556 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5558 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5559 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5561 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5563 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5564 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5565 For readability, the table is slightly
5566 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5568 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5569 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5570 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5571 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5572 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5574 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5576 ;;;***
5578 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5579 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
5580 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5581 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5582 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5583 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5584 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5586 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5587 Completion on current word.
5588 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5589 and presents suggestions for completion.
5591 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5592 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5593 completions.
5595 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5596 then it searches *all* buffers.
5598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5600 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5601 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5603 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5604 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5605 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5606 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5607 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5609 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5610 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5612 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5613 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5614 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5616 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5617 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5619 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5623 ;;;***
5625 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5626 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
5627 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5629 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5630 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5632 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5634 ;;;***
5636 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20373
5637 ;;;;;; 11301))
5638 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5640 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5641 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5642 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5643 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5644 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5646 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5648 ;;;***
5650 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20355
5651 ;;;;;; 10021))
5652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5654 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5655 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5657 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5658 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5659 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5661 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5662 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5663 Data lines are not indented.
5665 Key bindings:
5667 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5668 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5670 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5671 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5672 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5673 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5675 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5677 dcl-basic-offset
5678 Extra indentation within blocks.
5680 dcl-continuation-offset
5681 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5683 dcl-margin-offset
5684 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5686 dcl-margin-label-offset
5687 Indentation for a label.
5689 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5690 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5692 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5693 dcl-block-end-regexp
5694 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5695 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5696 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5697 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5698 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5700 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5701 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5702 Two such functions are included in the package:
5703 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5704 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5706 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5707 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5708 One such function is included in the package:
5709 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5711 dcl-tab-always-indent
5712 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5713 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5714 margin.
5716 dcl-electric-characters
5717 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5718 typed.
5720 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5721 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5722 which words trigger electric indentation.
5724 dcl-tempo-comma
5725 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5726 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5727 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5729 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5730 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5731 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5732 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5734 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5735 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5736 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5737 dcl-imenu-label-call
5738 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5740 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5741 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5742 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5743 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5746 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5748 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5749 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5750 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5751 $ i = 1
5752 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5753 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5754 $ label:
5755 $ if i.eq.1
5756 $ then
5757 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5758 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5759 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5760 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5761 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5762 \"lined up with the command line\"
5763 $ type sys$input
5764 Data lines are not indented at all.
5765 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5766 $ endif
5770 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5771 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5773 \(fn)" t nil)
5775 ;;;***
5777 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5778 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20355 10021))
5779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5781 (setq debugger 'debug)
5783 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5784 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5785 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5786 of the evaluator.
5788 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5789 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5790 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5792 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5794 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5795 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5797 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5799 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5800 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5801 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5802 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5803 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5804 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5806 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5807 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5809 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5811 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5812 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5813 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5814 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5815 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5817 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5819 ;;;***
5821 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5822 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
5823 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5825 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5826 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5828 \(fn)" t nil)
5830 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5831 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5832 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5833 Upper-case letters are commands.
5835 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5836 modify it.
5838 The most useful commands are:
5839 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5840 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5841 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5842 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5843 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5844 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5846 \(fn)" t nil)
5848 ;;;***
5850 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5851 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20355
5852 ;;;;;; 10021))
5853 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5855 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5856 Customization of `columns' group.
5858 \(fn)" t nil)
5860 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5861 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5863 START and END delimits the text region.
5865 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5867 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5868 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5870 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5872 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5874 ;;;***
5876 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20355
5877 ;;;;;; 10021))
5878 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5880 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5881 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5882 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5883 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5884 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5885 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5886 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5888 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5890 Customization:
5892 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5893 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5894 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5895 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5896 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5897 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5898 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5899 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5900 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5901 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5902 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5903 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5904 blank line.
5905 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5906 Directories to search when finding external units.
5907 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5908 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5910 Coloring:
5912 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5913 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5914 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5915 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5916 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5917 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5918 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5919 Face used to color everything else.
5921 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5922 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5924 \(fn)" t nil)
5926 ;;;***
5928 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20355
5929 ;;;;;; 10021))
5930 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5932 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5934 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5935 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5936 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5937 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5938 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5939 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5941 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5943 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5944 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5945 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5946 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5947 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5949 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5950 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5951 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5952 any selection.
5954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5956 ;;;***
5958 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5959 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20355 10021))
5960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5962 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5963 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5965 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5967 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5968 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5969 or nil if there is no parent.
5970 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5971 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5972 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5973 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5974 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5976 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5977 arguments are currently understood:
5978 :group GROUP
5979 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5980 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5981 :syntax-table TABLE
5982 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5983 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5984 :abbrev-table TABLE
5985 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5986 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5988 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5990 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5992 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5993 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5994 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5996 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5997 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5999 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6000 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6001 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6003 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6004 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6006 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6007 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6009 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6011 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6013 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6015 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6016 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6017 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6018 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6019 the first time the mode is used.
6021 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6023 ;;;***
6025 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6026 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20369 14251))
6027 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6029 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6030 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6031 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6032 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6033 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6034 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6035 otherwise.
6037 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6039 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6040 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6041 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6042 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6044 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6045 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6046 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6048 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6049 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6050 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6051 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6052 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6053 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6054 relevant to POS.
6056 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6058 ;;;***
6060 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6061 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6062 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6063 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20355 10021))
6064 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6066 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6067 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6068 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6070 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6072 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6073 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6074 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6075 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6076 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6078 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6079 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6080 `desktop-read' for details.
6082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6084 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6085 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6086 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6087 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6089 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6091 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6092 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6093 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6095 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6096 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6097 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6099 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6100 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6102 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6103 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6104 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6106 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6107 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6108 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6109 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6111 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6113 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6114 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6116 Handlers are called with argument list
6118 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6120 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6122 desktop-file-version
6123 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6124 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6125 desktop-buffer-point
6126 desktop-buffer-mark
6127 desktop-buffer-read-only
6128 desktop-buffer-locals
6130 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6131 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6133 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6134 code like
6136 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6138 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6139 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6141 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6143 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6145 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6146 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6147 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6148 List elements must have the form
6150 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6152 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6153 function.
6155 Handlers are called with argument list
6157 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6159 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6161 desktop-file-version
6162 desktop-buffer-file-name
6163 desktop-buffer-name
6164 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6165 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6166 desktop-buffer-point
6167 desktop-buffer-mark
6168 desktop-buffer-read-only
6169 desktop-buffer-misc
6171 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6172 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6173 created and set.
6175 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6176 code like
6178 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6180 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6181 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6183 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6185 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6187 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6189 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6190 Empty the Desktop.
6191 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6192 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6193 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6195 \(fn)" t nil)
6197 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6198 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6199 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6200 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6201 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6203 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6205 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6206 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6207 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6209 \(fn)" t nil)
6211 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6212 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6213 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6214 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6215 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6216 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6217 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6218 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6220 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6222 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6223 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6224 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6226 \(fn)" nil nil)
6228 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6229 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6230 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6231 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6232 directory DIRNAME.
6234 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6236 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6237 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6239 \(fn)" t nil)
6241 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6242 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6244 \(fn)" t nil)
6246 ;;;***
6248 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6249 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6250 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20355 10021))
6251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6253 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6254 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6255 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6256 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6257 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6258 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6260 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6262 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6263 Repair a broken attribution line.
6264 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6266 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6268 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6269 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6270 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6271 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6273 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6275 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6276 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6278 \(fn)" t nil)
6280 ;;;***
6282 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6283 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20355 10021))
6284 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6286 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6287 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6288 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6289 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6290 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6294 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6295 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6296 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6297 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6299 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6300 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6301 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6302 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6304 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6305 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6307 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6308 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6309 calendar-date-style 'european
6310 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6312 \(diary-mail-entries)
6314 # diary-rem.el ends here
6316 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6318 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6319 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6321 \(fn)" t nil)
6323 ;;;***
6325 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6326 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20379 50083))
6327 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6329 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6330 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6332 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6334 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6335 The command to use to run diff.")
6337 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6339 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6340 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6341 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6342 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6343 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6344 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6346 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6347 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6348 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6350 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6352 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6353 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6354 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6355 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6356 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6357 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6359 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6361 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6362 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6363 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6365 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6367 ;;;***
6369 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6370 ;;;;;; (20377 8374))
6371 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6373 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6374 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6375 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6376 normal diffs.
6378 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6379 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6380 headers for you on-the-fly.
6382 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6383 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6384 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6386 \\{diff-mode-map}
6388 \(fn)" t nil)
6390 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6391 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6392 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6393 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6394 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6396 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6400 ;;;***
6402 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20355 10021))
6403 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6405 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6406 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6407 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6409 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6411 ;;;***
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6414 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20378 29222))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6417 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6418 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6419 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6420 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6421 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6422 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6423 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6424 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6426 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6428 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6429 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6430 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6431 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6432 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6433 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6435 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6436 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6437 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6438 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6439 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6440 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6441 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6442 list of files to make directory entries for.
6443 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6444 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6445 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6447 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6449 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6450 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6452 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6453 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6455 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6456 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6458 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6459 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6461 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6463 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6464 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6466 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6468 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6469 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6470 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6471 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6472 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6473 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6474 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6475 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6476 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6477 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6478 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6479 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6480 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6481 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6482 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6483 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6484 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6485 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6486 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6487 to see why something went wrong.
6488 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6489 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6490 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6491 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6492 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6493 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6494 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6495 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6496 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6497 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6498 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6499 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6500 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6502 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6503 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6504 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6505 again for the directory tree.
6507 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6508 for more info):
6510 `dired-listing-switches'
6511 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6512 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6513 `dired-marker-char'
6514 `dired-del-marker'
6515 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6516 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6517 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6518 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6520 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6522 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6523 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6524 `dired-mode-hook'
6525 `dired-load-hook'
6527 Keybindings:
6528 \\{dired-mode-map}
6530 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6531 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6533 ;;;***
6535 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6536 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
6537 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6539 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6540 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6545 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6546 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6547 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6549 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6550 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6551 directory.
6553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6555 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6556 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6557 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6558 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6559 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6560 from `default-directory'.
6562 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6564 ;;;***
6566 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20355
6567 ;;;;;; 10021))
6568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6570 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6571 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6572 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6573 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6574 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6575 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6577 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6579 ;;;***
6581 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6582 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6583 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6584 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6585 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6586 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20355 10021))
6587 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6589 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6590 Return a new, empty display table.
6592 \(fn)" nil nil)
6594 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6595 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6596 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6597 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6598 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6600 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6602 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6603 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6604 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6605 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6606 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6608 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6610 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6611 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6613 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6615 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6616 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6618 \(fn)" t nil)
6620 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6621 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6623 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6624 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6626 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6627 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6628 byte.
6630 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6631 in the default way after this call.
6633 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6635 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6636 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6638 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6640 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6641 Display character C using printable string S.
6643 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6645 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6646 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6647 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6648 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6650 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6652 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6653 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6654 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6655 X frame.
6657 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6659 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6660 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6662 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6664 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6665 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6667 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6669 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6670 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6672 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6674 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6675 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6677 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6679 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6680 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6682 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6684 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6685 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6687 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6688 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6690 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6691 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6693 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6694 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6695 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6696 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6698 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6699 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6700 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6701 in `.emacs'.
6703 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6705 ;;;***
6707 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6708 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
6709 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6711 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6712 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6713 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6714 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6715 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6716 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6717 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6718 Default is 2.
6720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6722 ;;;***
6724 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20355 10021))
6725 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6727 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6728 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6729 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6730 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6731 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6732 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6733 private or ask).
6734 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6735 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6736 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6737 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6738 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6740 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6742 ;;;***
6744 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6745 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20355 10021))
6746 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6748 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6749 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6750 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6751 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6752 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6753 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6754 table and its own syntax table.
6756 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6758 \(fn)" t nil)
6759 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6761 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6762 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6764 \(fn)" t nil)
6766 ;;;***
6768 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6769 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20378
6770 ;;;;;; 29222))
6771 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6773 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6774 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6775 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6776 OpenDocument format).
6778 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6780 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6781 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6783 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6784 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6786 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6787 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6788 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6790 \(fn)" t nil)
6792 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6793 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6794 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6795 to the next best mode.
6797 \(fn)" nil nil)
6799 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6800 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6802 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6803 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6805 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6809 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6812 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6814 ;;;***
6816 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20355 10021))
6817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6819 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6820 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6822 \(fn)" t nil)
6824 ;;;***
6826 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20355 10021))
6827 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6829 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6830 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6832 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6833 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6835 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6836 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6840 ;;;***
6842 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20355 10021))
6843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6845 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6846 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6848 \(fn)" t nil)
6850 ;;;***
6852 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6853 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6854 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20362 40996))
6855 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6857 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6859 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6860 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6861 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6862 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6863 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6865 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6866 Interactively with no prefix argument it toggles the mode.
6867 With a prefix argument, it enables the mode if the argument is
6868 positive and otherwise disables it. When called from Lisp, it
6869 enables the mode if the argument is omitted or nil, and toggles
6870 the mode if the argument is `toggle'. If DOC is nil this
6871 function adds a basic doc-string stating these facts.
6873 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6874 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6875 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6876 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6877 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6878 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6879 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6880 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6882 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6883 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6884 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6885 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6886 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6887 mode is global):
6889 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6890 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6891 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6892 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6893 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6894 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6895 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6896 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6897 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6898 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6899 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6900 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6901 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6902 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6903 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6904 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6905 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6906 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6907 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6908 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6909 the terms used in :variable).
6910 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6911 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6913 For example, you could write
6914 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6915 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6916 ...BODY CODE...)
6918 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6920 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6922 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6924 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6925 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6926 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6927 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6928 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6929 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6930 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6931 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6932 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6933 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6934 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6935 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6937 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6938 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6939 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6940 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6941 call another major mode in their body.
6943 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6945 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6946 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6947 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6948 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6949 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6950 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6951 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6953 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6955 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6956 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6957 :inherit Parent keymap.
6958 :group Ignored.
6959 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6960 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6962 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6964 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6965 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6966 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6967 the constant's documentation.
6969 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6971 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6972 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6973 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6975 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6977 ;;;***
6979 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6980 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20355
6981 ;;;;;; 10021))
6982 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6984 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6985 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6987 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6988 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6989 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6991 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6992 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6994 :filter FUNCTION
6996 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6997 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6999 :visible INCLUDE
7001 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7002 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7004 :active ENABLE
7006 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
7007 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7009 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7011 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7013 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7015 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7016 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7018 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7019 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7021 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7023 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7025 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7027 :keys KEYS
7029 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7030 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7031 computed automatically.
7032 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7034 :key-sequence KEYS
7036 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7037 menu item.
7038 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs's first display of
7039 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7040 keyboard equivalent.
7042 :active ENABLE
7044 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
7045 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7047 :visible INCLUDE
7049 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7050 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7052 :label FORM
7054 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7055 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7057 :suffix FORM
7059 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7060 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7062 :style STYLE
7064 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7065 defined:
7067 toggle: A checkbox.
7068 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7069 radio: A radio button.
7070 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7071 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7072 menu bar itself.
7073 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7075 :selected SELECTED
7077 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7078 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7080 :help HELP
7082 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7084 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7085 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7086 as a solid horizontal line.
7088 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7090 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7092 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7094 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7097 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7099 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7100 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7101 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7102 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7104 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7106 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7107 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7108 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7109 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7110 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7111 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7113 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7114 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7115 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7117 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7118 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7119 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7121 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7122 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7124 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7126 ;;;***
7128 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7129 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7130 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7131 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7132 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7133 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7134 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7135 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20373 11301))
7136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7138 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7139 Customization for ebnf group.
7141 \(fn)" t nil)
7143 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7144 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7146 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7148 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7149 processed.
7151 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7153 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7155 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7156 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7158 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7159 killed after process termination.
7161 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7163 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7168 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7169 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7170 it to the printer.
7172 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7173 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7174 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7175 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7177 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7179 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7180 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7181 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7183 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7185 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7186 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7188 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7190 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7191 processed.
7193 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7195 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7197 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7198 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7200 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7201 killed after process termination.
7203 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7205 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7207 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7208 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7209 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7210 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7212 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7214 \(fn)" t nil)
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7218 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7220 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7222 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7224 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7225 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7227 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7229 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7230 processed.
7232 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7234 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7239 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7240 killed after EPS generation.
7242 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7244 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7249 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7250 The EPS file name has the following form:
7252 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7254 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7255 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7257 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7258 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7259 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7260 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7261 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7263 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7264 files.
7266 \(fn)" t nil)
7268 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7269 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7271 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7272 The EPS file name has the following form:
7274 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7276 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7277 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7279 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7280 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7281 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7282 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7283 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7285 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7286 files.
7288 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7290 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7292 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7293 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7295 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7297 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7298 are processed.
7300 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7302 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7304 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7305 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7307 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7308 killed after syntax checking.
7310 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7312 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7314 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7315 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7317 \(fn)" t nil)
7319 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7320 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7322 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7324 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7327 \(fn)" nil nil)
7329 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7330 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7332 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7334 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7336 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7337 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7339 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7341 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7343 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7344 Delete style NAME.
7346 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7348 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7350 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7351 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7353 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7355 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7357 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7358 Set STYLE as the current style.
7360 Returns the old style symbol.
7362 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7364 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7366 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7367 Reset current style.
7369 Returns the old style symbol.
7371 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7373 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7375 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7376 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7378 Returns the old style symbol.
7380 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7382 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7384 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7386 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7387 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7389 Returns the old style symbol.
7391 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7393 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7395 \(fn)" t nil)
7397 ;;;***
7399 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7400 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7401 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7402 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7403 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7404 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7405 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7406 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7407 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7408 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7409 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20355
7410 ;;;;;; 10021))
7411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7413 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7414 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7415 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7416 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7417 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7418 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7420 Tree mode key bindings:
7421 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7423 \(fn)" t nil)
7425 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7426 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7428 \(fn)" t nil)
7430 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7431 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7433 \(fn)" t nil)
7435 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7436 View declaration of member at point.
7438 \(fn)" t nil)
7440 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7441 Find declaration of member at point.
7443 \(fn)" t nil)
7445 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7446 View definition of member at point.
7448 \(fn)" t nil)
7450 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7451 Find definition of member at point.
7453 \(fn)" t nil)
7455 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7456 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7458 \(fn)" t nil)
7460 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7461 View definition of member at point in other window.
7463 \(fn)" t nil)
7465 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7466 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7468 \(fn)" t nil)
7470 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7471 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7473 \(fn)" t nil)
7475 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7476 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7478 \(fn)" t nil)
7480 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7481 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7483 \(fn)" t nil)
7485 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7486 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7487 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7488 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7489 completion.
7491 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7493 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7494 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7495 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7496 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7498 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7500 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7501 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7502 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7503 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7505 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7507 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7508 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7509 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7511 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7513 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7514 Search for call sites of a member.
7515 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7516 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7517 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7518 looks like a function call to the member.
7520 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7522 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7523 Move backward in the position stack.
7524 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7526 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7528 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7529 Move forward in the position stack.
7530 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7532 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7534 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7535 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7537 \(fn)" t nil)
7539 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7540 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7542 \(fn)" t nil)
7544 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7545 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7546 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7547 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7549 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7551 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7552 Display statistics for a class tree.
7554 \(fn)" t nil)
7556 ;;;***
7558 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7559 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
7560 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7562 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7563 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7564 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7565 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7567 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7568 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7569 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7571 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7572 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7573 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7575 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7577 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7579 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7581 ;;;***
7583 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7584 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20355 10021))
7585 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7587 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7588 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7589 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7591 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7593 ;;;***
7595 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7596 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
7597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7599 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7602 \(fn)" nil nil)
7604 ;;;***
7606 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20355 10021))
7607 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7609 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7610 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7611 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7612 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7613 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7614 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7616 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7618 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7619 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7621 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7622 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7624 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7625 an EDE controlled project.
7627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7629 ;;;***
7631 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7632 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7633 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20355 10021))
7634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7636 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7637 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7638 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7639 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7640 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7642 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7643 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7644 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7645 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7647 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7649 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7650 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7651 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7652 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7654 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7656 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7657 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7658 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7659 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7661 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7663 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7665 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7666 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7667 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7668 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7669 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7671 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7672 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7673 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7674 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7675 instrumented for Edebug.
7677 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7678 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7679 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7680 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7681 already is one.)
7683 \(fn)" t nil)
7685 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7686 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7688 \(fn)" t nil)
7690 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7691 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7693 \(fn)" t nil)
7695 ;;;***
7697 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7698 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7699 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7700 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7701 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7702 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7703 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7704 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7705 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7706 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20373 11301))
7707 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7709 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7710 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7712 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7714 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7715 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7717 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7719 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7721 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7723 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7724 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7725 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7726 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7728 \(fn)" t nil)
7730 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7731 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7732 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7733 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7735 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7737 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7738 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7740 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7742 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7744 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7745 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7747 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7749 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7751 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7752 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7753 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7754 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7756 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7758 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7760 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7761 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7762 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7763 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7765 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7767 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7769 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7770 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7771 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7772 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7774 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7776 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7778 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7779 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7780 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7781 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7783 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7785 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7787 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7788 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7789 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7790 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7791 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7792 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7794 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7796 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7797 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7798 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7799 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7801 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7803 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7805 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7806 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7807 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7808 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7810 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7812 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7814 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7817 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7818 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7819 follows:
7820 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7821 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7823 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7825 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7826 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7827 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7828 follows:
7829 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7830 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7832 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7834 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7835 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7836 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7837 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7838 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7840 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7842 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7843 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7844 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7845 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7846 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7847 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7849 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7851 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7853 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7854 Merge two files without ancestor.
7856 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7858 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7859 Merge two files with ancestor.
7861 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7863 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7865 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7866 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7868 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7870 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7871 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7873 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7875 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7876 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7877 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7878 buffer.
7880 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7882 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7883 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7884 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7885 buffer.
7887 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7889 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7890 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7891 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7892 and don't ask the user.
7893 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7894 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7896 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7898 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7899 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7900 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7901 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7902 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7903 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7904 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7905 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7907 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7909 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7911 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7913 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7914 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7915 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7916 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7917 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7919 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7921 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7923 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7924 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7925 When called interactively, displays the version.
7927 \(fn)" t nil)
7929 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7930 Display Ediff's manual.
7931 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7933 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7935 ;;;***
7937 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7938 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
7939 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7941 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7944 \(fn)" t nil)
7946 ;;;***
7948 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7949 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
7950 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7952 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7953 Display Ediff's registry.
7955 \(fn)" t nil)
7957 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7959 ;;;***
7961 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7962 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20355 10021))
7963 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7965 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7966 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7967 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7968 which see.
7970 \(fn)" t nil)
7972 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7973 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7974 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7975 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7977 \(fn)" t nil)
7979 ;;;***
7981 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7982 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7983 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
7984 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7986 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7987 Edit a keyboard macro.
7988 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7989 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7990 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7991 its command name.
7992 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7994 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7996 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7997 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7999 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8001 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8002 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8004 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8006 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8007 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8008 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8009 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8010 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8011 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8013 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8014 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8015 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8016 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8018 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8020 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8021 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8022 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8023 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8024 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8025 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8027 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8029 ;;;***
8031 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8032 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20355 10021))
8033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8035 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8036 Set scroll margins.
8037 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8038 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8040 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8042 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8043 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8045 \(fn)" t nil)
8047 ;;;***
8049 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8050 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
8051 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8053 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8054 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8055 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8056 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8057 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8058 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8059 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8061 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8062 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8064 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8065 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8066 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8067 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8069 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8070 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8071 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8073 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8074 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8075 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8077 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8079 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8082 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8084 ;;;***
8086 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8087 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20355 10021))
8088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8090 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8091 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8093 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8095 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8096 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8098 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8099 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8101 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8102 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8103 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8104 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8105 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8106 expression point is on.
8108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8110 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8111 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8113 \(fn)" t nil)
8115 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8116 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8117 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8118 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8119 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8120 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8121 arg list.
8123 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8124 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8125 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8126 effect.
8128 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8129 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8131 ;;;***
8133 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8134 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20369 14251))
8135 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8137 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8138 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8140 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8141 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8142 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8143 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8144 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8145 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8147 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8149 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8150 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8151 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8152 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8153 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8155 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8156 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8157 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8161 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8162 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8163 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8164 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8165 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8166 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8168 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8170 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8171 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8172 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8173 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8174 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8176 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8177 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8178 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8180 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8184 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8185 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8186 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8188 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8189 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8191 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8193 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8194 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8196 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8197 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8198 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8202 ;;;***
8204 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20355
8205 ;;;;;; 10021))
8206 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8208 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8209 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8211 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8212 an elided material again.
8214 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8218 ;;;***
8220 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8221 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8222 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
8223 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8225 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8226 Lint the file FILE.
8228 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8230 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8231 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8232 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8234 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8236 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8237 Lint the current buffer.
8238 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8240 \(fn)" t nil)
8242 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8243 Lint the function at point.
8244 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8246 \(fn)" t nil)
8248 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8249 Initialize elint.
8250 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8251 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8253 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8255 ;;;***
8257 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8258 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20355
8259 ;;;;;; 10021))
8260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8262 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8263 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8264 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8266 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8268 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8269 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8270 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8271 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8273 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8275 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8276 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8277 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8279 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8281 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8283 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8284 Display current profiling results.
8285 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8286 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8287 displayed.
8289 \(fn)" t nil)
8291 ;;;***
8293 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8294 ;;;;;; (20361 20134))
8295 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8297 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8298 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8299 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8300 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8301 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8302 ARG is omitted or nil.
8304 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8305 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8306 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8307 used instead.
8309 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8311 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8312 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8313 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8315 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8319 ;;;***
8321 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8322 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20355 10021))
8323 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8325 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8326 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8327 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8329 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8331 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8332 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8333 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8335 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8337 ;;;***
8339 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8340 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8341 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8342 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8343 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20355 10021))
8344 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8346 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8347 Run Emerge on two files.
8349 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8351 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8352 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8354 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8356 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8357 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8359 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8361 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8362 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8364 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8366 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8369 \(fn)" nil nil)
8371 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8374 \(fn)" nil nil)
8376 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8379 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8381 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8384 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8386 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8387 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8389 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8391 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8392 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8394 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8396 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8399 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8401 ;;;***
8403 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8404 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20355 10021))
8405 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8407 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8408 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8409 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8410 text/enriched format.
8412 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8413 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8414 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8416 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8418 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8419 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8421 Commands:
8423 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8427 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8430 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8432 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8435 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8437 ;;;***
8439 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8440 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8441 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8442 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8443 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8444 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20355
8445 ;;;;;; 10021))
8446 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8448 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8449 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8451 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8453 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8454 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8456 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8458 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8459 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8460 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8461 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8462 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8463 the keys are listed.
8464 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8466 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8468 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8469 Decrypt FILE.
8471 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8473 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8474 Verify FILE.
8476 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8478 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8479 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8481 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8483 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8484 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8486 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8488 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8489 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8491 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8492 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8493 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8494 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8496 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8497 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8498 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8499 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8500 should consider using the string based counterpart
8501 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8502 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8504 For example:
8506 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8507 (decode-coding-string
8508 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8509 'utf-8))
8511 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8513 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8514 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8516 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8517 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8519 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8521 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8522 Verify the current region between START and END.
8524 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8525 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8526 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8527 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8528 should consider using the string based counterpart
8529 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8530 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8532 For example:
8534 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8535 (decode-coding-string
8536 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8537 'utf-8))
8539 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8541 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8542 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8543 between START and END.
8545 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8546 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8548 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8550 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8551 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8553 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8554 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8555 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8556 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8557 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8558 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8560 For example:
8562 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8563 (epg-sign-string
8564 context
8565 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8567 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8569 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8570 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8572 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8573 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8574 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8575 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8576 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8577 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8579 For example:
8581 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8582 (epg-encrypt-string
8583 context
8584 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8585 nil))
8587 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8589 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8590 Delete selected KEYS.
8592 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8594 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8595 Import keys from FILE.
8597 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8600 Import keys from the region.
8602 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8604 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8605 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8606 between START and END.
8608 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8610 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8611 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8613 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8615 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8616 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8618 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8620 ;;;***
8622 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8623 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20355 10021))
8624 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8626 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8627 Decrypt marked files.
8629 \(fn)" t nil)
8631 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8632 Verify marked files.
8634 \(fn)" t nil)
8636 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8637 Sign marked files.
8639 \(fn)" t nil)
8641 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8642 Encrypt marked files.
8644 \(fn)" t nil)
8646 ;;;***
8648 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8649 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20355 10021))
8650 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8652 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8655 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8657 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8660 \(fn)" t nil)
8662 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8665 \(fn)" t nil)
8667 ;;;***
8669 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8670 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8671 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20355 10021))
8672 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8674 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8675 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8676 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8677 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8678 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8682 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8683 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8684 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8686 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8688 \(fn)" t nil)
8690 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8691 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8692 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8694 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8696 \(fn)" t nil)
8698 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8699 Sign the current buffer.
8700 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8702 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8704 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8706 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8707 Encrypt the current buffer.
8708 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8710 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8712 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8714 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8715 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8716 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8718 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8720 \(fn)" t nil)
8722 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8723 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8724 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8727 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8729 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8731 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8732 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8734 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8735 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8739 ;;;***
8741 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20355 10021))
8742 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8744 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8745 Return a context object.
8747 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8749 ;;;***
8751 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8752 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20373 11301))
8753 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8755 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8756 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8758 \(fn)" nil nil)
8760 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8761 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8763 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8765 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8766 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8768 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8770 ;;;***
8772 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8773 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20356 2211))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8776 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8777 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8779 \(fn)" nil nil)
8781 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8782 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8783 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8785 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8787 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8788 (server (erc-compute-server))
8789 (port (erc-compute-port))
8790 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8791 password
8792 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8794 That is, if called with
8796 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8798 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8799 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8800 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8802 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8804 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8806 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8807 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8808 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8810 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8812 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8813 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8814 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8815 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8817 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8819 ;;;***
8821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20355
8822 ;;;;;; 10021))
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8824 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8826 ;;;***
8828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20355 10021))
8829 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8830 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8832 ;;;***
8834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20355 10021))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8836 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8838 ;;;***
8840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20355 10021))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8842 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8844 ;;;***
8846 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8847 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20355 10021))
8848 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8849 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8851 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8852 Parser for /dcc command.
8853 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8854 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8855 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8857 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8859 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8860 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8862 \(fn)" nil nil)
8864 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8865 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8867 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8868 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8869 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8870 that subcommand.
8872 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8874 ;;;***
8876 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8877 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8878 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8879 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8880 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
8881 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8883 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8884 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8886 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8888 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8889 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8890 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8891 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8893 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8895 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8898 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8900 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8901 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8903 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8905 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8906 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8908 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8910 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8911 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8913 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8915 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8916 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8918 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8920 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8921 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8923 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8925 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8926 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8928 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8930 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8931 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8933 \(fn)" nil nil)
8935 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8936 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8938 \(fn)" nil nil)
8940 ;;;***
8942 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20355
8943 ;;;;;; 10021))
8944 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8945 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8947 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8948 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8949 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8951 \(fn)" nil nil)
8953 ;;;***
8955 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8956 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20355 10021))
8957 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8958 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8960 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8961 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8962 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8963 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8964 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8965 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8966 system.
8968 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8970 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8973 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8975 ;;;***
8977 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8978 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
8979 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8981 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8984 \(fn)" nil nil)
8986 ;;;***
8988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20356 2211))
8989 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8990 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8992 ;;;***
8994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20355 10021))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8996 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8998 ;;;***
9000 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9001 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20355 10021))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9003 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9005 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9006 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9007 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9008 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9009 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9010 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9012 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9014 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9015 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9016 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9017 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9019 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9020 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9021 automatically.
9023 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9024 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9026 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9028 ;;;***
9030 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9031 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9032 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9033 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9035 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9037 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9038 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9040 \(fn)" t nil)
9042 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9043 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9045 \(fn)" t nil)
9047 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9048 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9050 \(fn)" t nil)
9052 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9053 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9055 \(fn)" t nil)
9057 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9058 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9060 \(fn)" t nil)
9062 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9063 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9065 \(fn)" t nil)
9067 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9068 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9070 \(fn)" t nil)
9072 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9073 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9075 \(fn)" t nil)
9077 ;;;***
9079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20355 10021))
9080 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9081 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9083 ;;;***
9085 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9086 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9087 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9088 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9090 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9091 Show who's gone.
9093 \(fn)" nil nil)
9095 ;;;***
9097 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9098 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20355 10021))
9099 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9101 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9102 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9103 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9104 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9106 \(fn)" nil nil)
9108 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9109 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9111 \(fn)" t nil)
9113 ;;;***
9115 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9116 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20355 10021))
9117 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9118 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9120 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9121 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9122 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9123 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9125 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9127 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9130 \(fn)" nil nil)
9132 ;;;***
9134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20355 10021))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9136 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9138 ;;;***
9140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20355
9141 ;;;;;; 10021))
9142 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9143 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9145 ;;;***
9147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20355 10021))
9148 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9149 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9151 ;;;***
9153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20355 10021))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9155 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9157 ;;;***
9159 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9160 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20357 58785))
9161 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9162 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9164 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9165 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9167 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9169 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9170 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9171 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9173 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9175 ;;;***
9177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20355 10021))
9178 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9179 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9181 ;;;***
9183 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9184 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9185 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9187 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9188 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9189 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9191 \(fn)" t nil)
9193 ;;;***
9195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20355
9196 ;;;;;; 10021))
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9198 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9200 ;;;***
9202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20355 10021))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9204 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9206 ;;;***
9208 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9209 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9210 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9212 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9213 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9214 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9216 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9218 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9219 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9220 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9221 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9222 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9224 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9225 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9226 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9227 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9230 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9232 ;;;***
9234 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9235 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20355 10021))
9236 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9237 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9239 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9240 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9241 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9242 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9244 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9246 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9247 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9248 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9250 \(fn)" t nil)
9252 ;;;***
9254 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9255 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9256 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9257 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9259 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9260 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9262 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9264 ;;;***
9266 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9267 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9268 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20355 10021))
9269 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9271 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9272 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9274 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9275 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9277 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9278 assertions in BODY.
9280 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9282 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9283 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9284 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9286 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9288 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9290 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9292 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9294 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9296 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9297 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9299 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9300 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9301 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9302 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9304 Returns the stats object.
9306 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9308 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9309 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9311 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9312 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9313 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9314 the tests).
9316 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9318 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9319 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9321 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9322 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9323 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9324 and how to display message.
9326 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9328 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9330 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9331 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9333 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9335 ;;;***
9337 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9338 ;;;;;; (20364 28960))
9339 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9341 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9343 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9344 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9346 \(fn)" t nil)
9348 ;;;***
9350 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20355
9351 ;;;;;; 10021))
9352 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9354 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9355 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9357 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9359 \(fn)" nil nil)
9361 ;;;***
9363 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9364 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20373 11301))
9365 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9367 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9368 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9369 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9370 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9371 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9372 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9373 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9374 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9375 buffer selected (or created).
9377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9379 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9380 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9381 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9383 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9385 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9386 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9387 The result might be any Lisp object.
9388 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9389 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9390 corresponding to a successful execution.
9392 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9394 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9396 ;;;***
9398 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9399 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9400 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9401 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9402 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9403 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9404 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9405 ;;;;;; (20378 29222))
9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9408 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9409 File name of tags table.
9410 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9411 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9412 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9413 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9414 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9416 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9417 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9418 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9419 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9421 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9423 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9424 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9425 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9426 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9427 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9428 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9430 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9432 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9433 List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9434 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9435 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9436 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9437 `auto-compression-mode').")
9439 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9441 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9442 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9443 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9444 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9445 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9447 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9449 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9450 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9451 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9452 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9454 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9456 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9457 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9458 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9459 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9460 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9462 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9464 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9465 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9467 \(fn)" t nil)
9469 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9470 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9471 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9472 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9474 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9475 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9476 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9477 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9478 file the tag was in.
9480 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9482 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9483 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9484 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9485 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9486 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9487 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9488 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9489 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9490 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9492 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9494 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9495 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9496 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9497 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9498 without directory names.
9500 \(fn)" nil nil)
9501 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9502 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9503 (progn
9504 (load "etags")
9505 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9507 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9508 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9509 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9510 but does not select the buffer.
9511 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9513 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9514 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9515 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9516 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9517 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9519 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9521 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9522 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9523 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9525 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9527 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9529 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9530 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9531 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9532 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9534 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9535 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9536 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9537 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9538 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9540 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9542 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9543 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9544 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9546 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9548 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9549 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9551 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9552 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9553 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9554 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9555 around or before point.
9557 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9558 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9559 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9560 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9561 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9563 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9565 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9566 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9567 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9569 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9571 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9572 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9574 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9575 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9576 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9577 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9578 around or before point.
9580 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9581 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9582 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9583 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9584 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9586 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9588 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9589 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9590 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9592 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9594 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9595 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9597 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9598 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9599 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9601 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9602 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9603 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9604 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9605 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9607 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9609 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9610 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9611 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9613 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9615 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9616 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9617 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9619 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9620 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9622 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9623 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9624 where they were found.
9626 \(fn)" t nil)
9628 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9629 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9631 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9632 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9633 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9635 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9636 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9638 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9639 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9641 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9643 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9644 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9645 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9646 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9648 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9649 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9650 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9651 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9652 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9654 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9655 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9657 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9658 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9659 Stops when a match is found.
9660 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9662 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9663 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9664 restricted to these files.
9666 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9668 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9670 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9671 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9672 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9673 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9674 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9675 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9676 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9677 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9679 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9680 produce the list of files to search.
9682 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9684 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9686 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9687 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9688 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9689 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9690 directory specification.
9692 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9694 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9695 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9697 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9699 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9700 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9701 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9702 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9704 \(fn)" t nil)
9706 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9707 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9708 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9709 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9710 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9712 \(fn)" t nil)
9714 ;;;***
9716 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9717 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9718 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9719 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9720 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9721 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9722 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9723 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9724 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9726 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9729 \(fn)" nil nil)
9731 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9732 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9734 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9735 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9737 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9738 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9739 primary language.
9741 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9742 even if the buffer is read-only.
9744 See also the descriptions of the variables
9745 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9747 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9749 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9750 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9752 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9753 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9755 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9756 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9757 primary language.
9759 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9760 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9762 See also the descriptions of the variables
9763 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9765 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9767 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9768 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9769 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9770 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9772 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9774 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9775 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9776 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9777 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9779 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9780 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9781 primary language.
9783 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9784 buffer is read-only.
9786 See also the descriptions of the variables
9787 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9788 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9790 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9792 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9793 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9795 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9796 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9798 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9799 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9800 the primary language.
9802 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9803 buffer is read-only.
9805 See also the descriptions of the variables
9806 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9807 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9809 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9811 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9812 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9813 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9815 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9817 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9818 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9820 \(fn)" t nil)
9822 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9823 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9825 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9826 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9827 be 1, 2, or 3.
9829 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9830 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9831 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9833 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9835 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9837 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9838 This function is deprecated.
9840 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9842 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9843 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9845 \(fn)" t nil)
9847 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9848 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9850 \(fn)" t nil)
9852 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9853 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9855 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9856 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9858 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9859 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9861 \(fn)" nil nil)
9863 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9864 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9866 \(fn)" nil nil)
9868 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9869 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9871 \(fn)" nil nil)
9873 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9874 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9876 \(fn)" nil nil)
9878 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9879 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9880 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9882 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9884 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9887 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9889 ;;;***
9891 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9892 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9893 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
9894 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9896 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9897 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9898 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9899 server for future sessions.
9901 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9903 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9904 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9905 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9907 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9909 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9910 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9911 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9913 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9915 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9916 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9917 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9918 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9919 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9920 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9921 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9922 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9923 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9924 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9925 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9926 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9928 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9930 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9931 Display a form to query the directory server.
9932 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9933 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9935 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9937 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9938 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9939 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9941 \(fn)" t nil)
9943 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9945 ;;;***
9947 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9948 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9949 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20355 10021))
9950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9952 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9953 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9955 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9957 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9958 Display URL and make it clickable.
9960 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9962 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9963 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9965 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9967 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9968 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9970 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9972 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9973 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9975 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9977 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9978 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9980 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9982 ;;;***
9984 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9985 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20355 10021))
9986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9988 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9989 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9990 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9992 \(fn)" t nil)
9994 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9995 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9997 \(fn)" t nil)
9999 ;;;***
10001 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10002 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
10003 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10005 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10006 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10008 \(fn)" t nil)
10010 ;;;***
10012 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20378
10013 ;;;;;; 29222))
10014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10016 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10017 Create an empty ewoc.
10019 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10021 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10022 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10023 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10024 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10025 `insert-before-markers'.
10027 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10028 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10029 respectively, of the ewoc.
10031 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10032 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10033 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10035 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10037 ;;;***
10039 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10040 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10041 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10042 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
10043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10045 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10046 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10047 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10049 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10051 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10052 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10053 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10054 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10055 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10057 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10059 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10060 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10061 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10062 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10063 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10064 executable.
10066 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10068 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10069 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10070 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10072 \(fn)" t nil)
10074 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10075 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10076 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10077 file modes.
10079 \(fn)" nil nil)
10081 ;;;***
10083 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10084 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10085 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
10086 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10088 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10089 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10090 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10091 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10093 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10095 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10096 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10097 to generate such functions.
10099 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10100 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10101 beginning of the expanded text.
10103 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10104 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10105 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10106 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10108 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10110 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10112 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10113 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10114 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10116 \(fn)" nil nil)
10118 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10119 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10120 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10122 \(fn)" t nil)
10124 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10125 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10126 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10128 \(fn)" t nil)
10129 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10130 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10132 ;;;***
10134 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20355 10021))
10135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10137 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10138 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10139 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10141 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10142 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10143 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10145 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10147 Key definitions:
10148 \\{f90-mode-map}
10150 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10152 `f90-do-indent'
10153 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10154 `f90-if-indent'
10155 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10156 `f90-type-indent'
10157 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10158 `f90-program-indent'
10159 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10160 (default 2).
10161 `f90-associate-indent'
10162 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10163 `f90-critical-indent'
10164 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10165 `f90-continuation-indent'
10166 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10167 `f90-comment-region'
10168 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10169 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10170 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10171 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10172 (default \"!\").
10173 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10174 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10175 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10176 `f90-break-delimiters'
10177 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10178 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10179 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10180 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10181 (default t).
10182 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10183 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10184 `f90-smart-end'
10185 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10186 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10187 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10188 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10189 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10190 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10191 `f90-leave-line-no'
10192 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10194 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10195 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10197 \(fn)" t nil)
10199 ;;;***
10201 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10202 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10203 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10204 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20355
10205 ;;;;;; 10021))
10206 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10208 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10209 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10210 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10211 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10213 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should be either a list of face
10214 names, or a property list of face attribute/value pairs. The
10215 remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10216 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative', as well
10217 as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest priority). This
10218 function tries to sort multiple remappings for the same face, so
10219 that remappings specifying relative face attributes are applied
10220 after remappings specifying absolute face attributes.
10222 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10223 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10225 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10227 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10228 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10229 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10230 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10232 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10234 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10235 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10236 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10237 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS. SPECS
10238 should be either a list of face names, or a property list of face
10239 attribute/value pairs.
10241 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10242 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10243 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10244 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10246 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10248 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10249 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10250 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10252 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10253 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10254 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10255 the same amount).
10257 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10259 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10260 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10261 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10263 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10264 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10265 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10266 will remove any scaling currently active.
10268 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10270 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10271 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10272 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10274 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10275 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10276 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10277 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10278 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10280 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10281 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10283 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10284 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10286 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10287 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10288 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10290 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10291 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10292 is one of the above.
10294 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10295 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10296 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10297 will remove any scaling currently active.
10299 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10300 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10301 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10302 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10303 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10305 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10307 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10308 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10309 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10310 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10311 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10312 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10316 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10317 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10318 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10319 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10320 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10322 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10323 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10325 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10327 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10328 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10329 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10330 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10332 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10333 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10334 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10335 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10337 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10338 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10340 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10342 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10343 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10344 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10345 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10349 ;;;***
10351 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10352 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10353 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20364 28028))
10354 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10356 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10357 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10358 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10359 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10361 \(fn)" nil nil)
10363 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10364 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10368 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10369 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10370 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10371 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10375 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10376 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10377 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10378 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10379 backup file names and the like).
10381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10383 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10384 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10385 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10386 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10387 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10388 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10389 internally by feedmail):
10391 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10392 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10393 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10394 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10396 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10397 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10398 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10399 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10400 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10402 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10404 ;;;***
10406 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10407 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (20376 40834))
10408 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10410 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10411 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10412 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10413 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10414 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10415 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10416 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10418 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10420 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10421 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10422 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10423 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10424 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10425 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10426 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10428 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10430 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10432 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10433 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10434 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10435 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10436 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10437 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10439 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10441 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10442 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10443 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10444 Return value:
10445 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10446 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10447 * otherwise, nil
10449 \(fn E)" t nil)
10451 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10452 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10453 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10455 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10457 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
10458 Try to get a file name at point.
10459 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
10461 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10462 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10464 \(fn)" t nil)
10466 ;;;***
10468 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10469 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10470 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10471 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20355 10021))
10472 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10474 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10475 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10476 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10477 be added to the cache.
10479 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10481 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10482 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10483 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10484 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10485 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10487 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10489 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10490 Add FILE to the file cache.
10492 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10494 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10495 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10496 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10498 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10500 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10501 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10502 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10504 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10506 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10507 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10508 This function does not use any external programs.
10509 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10510 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10511 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10513 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10515 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10516 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10517 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10518 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10519 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10520 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10521 \(directories) is done.
10523 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10525 ;;;***
10527 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10528 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10529 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10530 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10531 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20355 10021))
10532 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10534 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10535 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10537 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10538 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10539 Local Variables list.
10541 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10542 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10543 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10545 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10547 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10548 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10550 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10552 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10553 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10555 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10556 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10557 the -*- line.
10559 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10560 then this function adds it.
10562 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10564 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10565 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10567 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10569 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10570 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10572 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10574 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10575 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10577 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10579 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10580 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10582 \(fn)" t nil)
10584 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10585 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10587 \(fn)" t nil)
10589 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10590 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10592 \(fn)" t nil)
10594 ;;;***
10596 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20355
10597 ;;;;;; 10021))
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10600 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10601 Filesets initialization.
10602 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10604 \(fn)" nil nil)
10606 ;;;***
10608 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20355 10021))
10609 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10611 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10612 Initiate the building of a find command.
10613 For example:
10615 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10616 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10617 (mtime \"+1\"))
10618 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10620 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10621 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10623 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10625 ;;;***
10627 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10628 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20355 10021))
10629 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10631 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10632 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10633 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10635 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10637 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10638 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10640 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10642 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10643 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10644 and run dired on those files.
10645 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10646 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10648 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10650 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10652 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10653 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10654 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10656 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10657 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10659 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10660 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10662 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10664 ;;;***
10666 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10667 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10668 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
10669 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10671 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10672 List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10673 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10674 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10675 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10676 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10677 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10679 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10680 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10681 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10683 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10685 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10687 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10689 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10690 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10691 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10693 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10694 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10696 Variables of interest include:
10698 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10699 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10700 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10702 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10703 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10704 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10706 - `ff-ignore-include'
10707 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10709 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10710 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10712 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10713 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10715 - `ff-special-constructs'
10716 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10717 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10718 extracting the filename from that construct.
10720 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10721 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10723 - `ff-search-directories'
10724 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10725 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10727 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10728 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10730 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10731 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10733 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10734 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10736 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10737 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10739 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10740 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10742 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10744 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10745 Visit the file you click on.
10747 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10749 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10750 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10752 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10754 ;;;***
10756 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10757 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10758 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10759 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10760 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10761 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10762 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20355 10021))
10763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10765 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10766 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10767 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10769 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10771 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10772 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10773 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10774 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10776 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10777 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10778 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10779 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10781 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10783 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10784 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10786 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10787 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10788 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10789 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10791 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10792 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10793 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10795 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10796 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10797 in `load-path'.
10799 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10801 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10802 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10804 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10805 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10806 places point before the definition.
10807 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10809 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10810 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10811 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10813 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10815 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10816 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10818 See `find-function' for more details.
10820 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10822 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10823 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10825 See `find-function' for more details.
10827 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10829 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10830 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10832 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10833 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10834 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10836 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10837 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10839 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10841 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10842 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10844 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10845 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10846 places point before the definition.
10848 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10850 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10851 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10852 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10854 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10856 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10857 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10859 See `find-variable' for more details.
10861 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10863 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10864 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10866 See `find-variable' for more details.
10868 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10870 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10871 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10872 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10873 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10874 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10875 buffer nor display it.
10877 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10878 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10880 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10882 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10883 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10885 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10886 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10887 places point before the definition.
10889 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10891 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10892 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10893 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10895 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10897 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10898 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10899 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10901 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10903 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10904 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10906 \(fn)" t nil)
10908 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10909 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10911 \(fn)" t nil)
10913 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10914 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10916 \(fn)" nil nil)
10918 ;;;***
10920 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10921 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20355 10021))
10922 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10924 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10925 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10927 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10929 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10930 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10932 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10934 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10935 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10937 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10939 ;;;***
10941 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10942 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20355 10021))
10943 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10945 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10946 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10948 \(fn)" t nil)
10950 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10951 Display FILE's commentary section.
10952 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10954 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10956 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10957 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10959 \(fn)" t nil)
10961 ;;;***
10963 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10964 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20355 10021))
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10967 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10968 Toggle flow control handling.
10969 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10970 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10972 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10974 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10975 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10976 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10977 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10978 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10979 to get the effect of a C-q.
10981 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10983 ;;;***
10985 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10986 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
10987 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10989 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10992 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10994 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10997 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10999 ;;;***
11001 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11002 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20373 11301))
11003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11005 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11006 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11007 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11008 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11009 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11013 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11014 Turn flymake mode on.
11016 \(fn)" nil nil)
11018 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11019 Turn flymake mode off.
11021 \(fn)" nil nil)
11023 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11026 \(fn)" nil nil)
11028 ;;;***
11030 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11031 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11032 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20374 32165))
11033 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11035 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11036 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11038 \(fn)" t nil)
11039 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11041 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11042 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11044 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11045 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11047 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11048 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11049 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11051 Bindings:
11052 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11053 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11054 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11055 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11057 Hooks:
11058 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11060 Remark:
11061 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11062 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11063 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11065 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11066 consider adding:
11067 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11068 in your .emacs file.
11070 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11071 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11075 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11076 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11078 \(fn)" nil nil)
11080 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11081 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11083 \(fn)" nil nil)
11085 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11086 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11088 \(fn)" nil nil)
11090 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11091 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11093 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11095 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11096 Flyspell whole buffer.
11098 \(fn)" t nil)
11100 ;;;***
11102 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11103 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11104 ;;;;;; (20381 5411))
11105 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11107 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11108 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11110 \(fn)" nil nil)
11112 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11113 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11115 \(fn)" nil nil)
11117 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11118 Toggle Follow mode.
11119 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11120 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11121 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11123 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11124 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11126 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11127 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11128 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11130 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11131 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11132 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11133 movement commands.
11135 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11136 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11137 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11138 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11139 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11140 mileage may vary).
11142 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11143 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11145 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11147 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11148 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11149 \(This is the default.)
11151 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11153 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11154 \\{follow-mode-map}
11156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11158 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11159 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11161 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11162 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11163 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11164 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11165 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11166 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11168 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11169 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11170 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11172 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11173 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favorite key:
11174 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11178 ;;;***
11180 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20355
11181 ;;;;;; 10021))
11182 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11184 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11185 Toggle Footnote mode.
11186 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11187 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11188 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11190 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11191 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11192 play around with the following keys:
11193 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11197 ;;;***
11199 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11200 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20355 10021))
11201 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11203 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11204 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11206 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11207 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11208 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11209 C-c < forms-first-record <
11210 C-c > forms-last-record >
11211 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11212 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11213 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11214 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11215 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11216 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11217 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11218 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11219 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11220 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11222 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11224 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11225 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11227 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11229 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11230 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11232 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11234 ;;;***
11236 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11237 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
11238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11240 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11241 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11242 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11244 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11245 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11247 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11249 Key definitions:
11250 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11252 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11254 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11255 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11256 `fortran-do-indent'
11257 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11258 `fortran-if-indent'
11259 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11260 `fortran-structure-indent'
11261 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11262 (default 3)
11263 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11264 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11265 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11266 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11267 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11268 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11269 nil don't change the indentation
11270 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11271 value of either
11272 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11273 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11274 depending on the continuation format in use.
11275 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11276 indentation for a line of code.
11277 (default 'fixed)
11278 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11279 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11280 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11281 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11282 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11283 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11284 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11285 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11286 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11287 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11288 column 5.
11289 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11290 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11291 statements (default nil).
11292 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11293 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11294 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11295 `fortran-continuation-string'
11296 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11297 line (default \"$\").
11298 `fortran-comment-region'
11299 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11300 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11301 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11302 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11303 as typed (default t).
11304 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11305 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11307 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11308 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11310 \(fn)" t nil)
11312 ;;;***
11314 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11315 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20355 10021))
11316 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11318 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11319 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11321 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11322 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11324 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11326 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11327 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11329 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11330 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11332 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11334 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11335 Compile fortune file.
11337 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11338 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11340 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11342 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11343 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11345 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11346 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11347 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11348 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11350 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11352 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11353 Display a fortune cookie.
11354 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11355 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11356 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11357 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11359 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11361 ;;;***
11363 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11364 ;;;;;; (20378 29222))
11365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11367 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11368 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11370 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
11372 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11373 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11374 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11375 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11377 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11378 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11379 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11380 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11381 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11383 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11384 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11385 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11386 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11388 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11389 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11390 shown in some of the buffers.
11392 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11394 The following commands help control operation :
11396 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11397 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11399 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11400 detailed description of this mode.
11403 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11404 | GDB Toolbar |
11405 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11406 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11407 | | |
11408 | | |
11409 | | |
11410 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11411 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11412 | | (comint-mode) |
11413 | | |
11414 | | |
11415 | | |
11416 | | |
11417 | | |
11418 | | |
11419 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11420 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11421 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11422 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11423 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11424 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11426 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11428 ;;;***
11430 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11431 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20355
11432 ;;;;;; 10021))
11433 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11435 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11436 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11437 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11438 instead (which see).")
11440 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11441 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11443 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11444 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11445 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11446 documentation string instead.
11448 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11449 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11450 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11451 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11452 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11453 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11454 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11455 enders are actually possible.
11457 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11458 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11460 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11461 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11462 `font-lock-keywords'.
11464 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11465 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11466 runs the macro expansion.
11468 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11469 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11470 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11472 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11474 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11476 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11478 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11479 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11481 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11483 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11484 Enter generic mode MODE.
11486 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11487 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11488 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11490 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11491 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11493 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11495 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11496 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11497 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11498 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11499 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11500 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11501 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11502 `font-lock-keywords'.
11504 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11506 ;;;***
11508 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11509 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
11510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11512 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11513 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11515 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11516 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11517 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11521 ;;;***
11523 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11524 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11525 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
11526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11528 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11529 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11530 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11532 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11534 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11535 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11537 Guideline for numbers:
11538 1 - error messages
11539 3 - non-serious error messages
11540 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11541 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11542 9 - messages inside loops.
11544 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11546 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11547 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11548 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11550 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11552 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11553 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11555 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11557 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11558 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11560 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11561 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11562 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11563 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11564 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11565 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11567 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11568 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11569 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11570 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11571 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11573 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11575 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11577 ;;;***
11579 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11580 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20378 29222))
11581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11582 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11583 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11585 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11586 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11590 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11591 Read network news.
11592 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11593 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11594 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11595 name of an NNTP server to use.
11596 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11597 server.
11599 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11601 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11602 Read news as a slave.
11604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11606 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11607 Pop up a frame to read news.
11608 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11609 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11610 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11611 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11612 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11613 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11614 current display is used.
11616 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11618 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11619 Read network news.
11620 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11621 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11622 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11624 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11626 ;;;***
11628 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11629 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11630 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11631 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11632 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11633 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20355 10021))
11634 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11636 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11637 Start Gnus unplugged.
11639 \(fn)" t nil)
11641 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11642 Start Gnus plugged.
11644 \(fn)" t nil)
11646 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11647 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11651 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11652 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11654 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11655 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11656 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11658 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11659 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11660 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11662 \(fn)" t nil)
11664 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11665 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11667 \(fn)" nil nil)
11669 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11670 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11671 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11672 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11673 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11674 supported.
11676 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11678 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11679 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11680 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11681 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11682 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11683 supported.
11685 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11687 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11688 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11690 \(fn)" nil nil)
11692 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11693 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11694 downloaded into the agent.
11696 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11698 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11699 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11700 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11701 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11703 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11705 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11706 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11708 \(fn)" t nil)
11710 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11711 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11713 \(fn)" t nil)
11715 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11716 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11717 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11719 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11721 ;;;***
11723 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11724 ;;;;;; (20361 20134))
11725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11727 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11728 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11730 \(fn)" nil nil)
11732 ;;;***
11734 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11735 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20355 10021))
11736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11738 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11739 Set a bookmark for this article.
11741 \(fn)" t nil)
11743 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11744 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11746 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11748 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11749 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11750 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11751 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11752 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11754 \(fn)" t nil)
11756 ;;;***
11758 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11759 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11760 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20355
11761 ;;;;;; 10021))
11762 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11764 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11765 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11767 Usage:
11768 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11770 \(fn)" t nil)
11772 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11773 Generate the cache active file.
11775 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11777 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11778 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11780 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11782 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11783 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11784 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11785 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11786 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11787 supported.
11789 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11791 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11792 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11793 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11794 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11795 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11796 supported.
11798 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11800 ;;;***
11802 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11803 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20355 10021))
11804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11806 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11807 Delay this article by some time.
11808 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11810 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11811 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11813 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11814 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11816 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11817 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11819 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11821 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11822 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11824 \(fn)" t nil)
11826 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11827 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11828 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11829 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11831 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11832 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11834 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11836 ;;;***
11838 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11839 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20355 10021))
11840 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11842 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11845 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11847 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11850 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11852 ;;;***
11854 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11855 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11858 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11859 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11861 \(fn)" t nil)
11863 ;;;***
11865 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11866 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
11867 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11869 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11870 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11872 \(fn)" t nil)
11874 ;;;***
11876 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11877 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11878 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20355
11879 ;;;;;; 10021))
11880 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11882 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11883 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11885 \(fn)" t nil)
11887 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11888 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11890 \(fn)" t nil)
11892 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11893 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11895 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11896 different input formats.
11898 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11900 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11901 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11903 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11904 different input formats.
11906 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11908 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11909 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11910 The PNG is returned as a string.
11912 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11914 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11915 Convert FILE to a Face.
11916 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11917 726 bytes.
11919 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11921 ;;;***
11923 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11924 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20355 10021))
11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11927 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11928 Display gravatar in the From header.
11929 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11931 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11933 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11934 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11935 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11937 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11939 ;;;***
11941 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11942 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20355 10021))
11943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11945 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11946 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11947 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11948 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11950 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11952 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11953 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11955 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11957 ;;;***
11959 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11960 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20355 10021))
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11963 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11966 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11968 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11971 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11973 ;;;***
11975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11976 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11979 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11981 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11982 Run batched scoring.
11983 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11985 \(fn)" t nil)
11987 ;;;***
11989 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11990 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11991 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
11992 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11994 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11997 \(fn)" nil nil)
11999 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12000 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12001 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12003 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12005 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12006 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12008 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12012 ;;;***
12014 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12015 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12016 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
12017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12019 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12020 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12021 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12022 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12023 group parameters.
12025 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12026 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12027 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12028 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12030 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12031 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12032 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12033 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12034 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12035 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12036 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12037 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12038 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12039 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12041 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12043 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12044 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12045 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12046 nil CATCH-ALL).
12048 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12049 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12051 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12053 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12054 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12055 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12057 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12059 \(fn)" nil nil)
12061 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12062 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12063 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12065 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12067 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12068 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12069 existing groups are considered.
12071 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12072 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12073 returned.
12075 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12076 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12077 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12078 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12079 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12080 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12081 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12082 clauses will be generated.
12084 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12085 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12086 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12087 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12088 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12089 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12091 For example, given the following group parameters:
12093 nnml:mail.bar:
12094 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12095 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12096 nnml:mail.foo:
12097 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12098 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12099 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12100 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12101 nnml:mail.others:
12102 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12104 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12106 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12107 \"mail.bar\")
12108 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12109 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12110 \"mail.others\")
12112 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12114 ;;;***
12116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12117 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20361 20134))
12118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12120 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12121 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12122 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12123 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12124 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12125 instead.
12127 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12129 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12130 Mail to ADDRESS.
12132 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12134 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12135 Like `message-reply'.
12137 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12139 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12141 ;;;***
12143 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12144 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12145 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
12146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12148 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12149 Display picons in the From header.
12150 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12152 \(fn)" t nil)
12154 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12155 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12156 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12158 \(fn)" t nil)
12160 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12161 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12162 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12164 \(fn)" t nil)
12166 ;;;***
12168 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12169 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12170 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12171 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12172 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20355 10021))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12175 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12176 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12177 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12178 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12180 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12182 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12183 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12184 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12185 LIST1 is modified.
12187 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12189 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12190 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12191 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12193 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12195 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12198 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12200 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12201 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12202 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12204 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12206 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12207 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12208 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12210 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12212 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12214 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12215 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12216 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12218 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12220 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12221 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12222 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12224 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12226 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12227 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12228 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12230 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12232 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12233 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12235 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12237 ;;;***
12239 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12240 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20355 10021))
12241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12243 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12244 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12246 \(fn)" t nil)
12248 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12249 Install the registry hooks.
12251 \(fn)" t nil)
12253 ;;;***
12255 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12256 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20355
12257 ;;;;;; 10021))
12258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12260 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12261 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12262 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12263 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12264 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12265 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12267 \(fn)" t nil)
12269 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12270 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12271 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12272 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12273 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12275 \(fn)" t nil)
12277 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12280 \(fn)" t nil)
12282 ;;;***
12284 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12285 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
12286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12288 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12289 Update the format specification near point.
12291 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12293 ;;;***
12295 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12296 ;;;;;; (20361 20134))
12297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12299 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12300 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12302 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12304 ;;;***
12306 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12307 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
12308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12310 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12311 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12312 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12314 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12316 ;;;***
12318 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12319 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20355 10021))
12320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12322 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12323 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12325 \(fn)" t nil)
12327 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12328 Install the sync hooks.
12330 \(fn)" t nil)
12332 ;;;***
12334 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12335 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
12336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12338 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12339 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12341 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12343 ;;;***
12345 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12346 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
12347 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12349 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits nil "\
12350 The minimum number of bits to be used in Diffie-Hellman key exchange.
12352 This sets the minimum accepted size of the key to be used in a
12353 client-server handshake. If the server sends a prime with fewer than
12354 the specified number of bits the handshake will fail.
12356 A value of nil says to use the default gnutls value.")
12358 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12360 ;;;***
12362 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20355 10021))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12365 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12366 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12368 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12369 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12370 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12372 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12373 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12374 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12376 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12377 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12379 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12380 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12382 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12384 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12386 ;;;***
12388 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12389 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20355
12390 ;;;;;; 10021))
12391 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12393 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12395 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12396 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12397 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12398 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12399 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12401 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12403 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12404 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12405 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12406 or to send e-mail.
12407 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12408 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12410 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12411 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12413 \(fn)" t nil)
12414 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12416 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12417 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12418 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12419 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12420 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12424 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12425 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12429 ;;;***
12431 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12432 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20355 10021))
12433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12435 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12436 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12437 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12439 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12441 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12442 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12444 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12446 ;;;***
12448 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12449 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12450 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20369 14251))
12451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12453 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12454 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12456 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12458 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12459 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12460 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12461 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12462 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12464 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12465 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12466 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12468 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12470 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12471 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12472 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12473 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12474 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12476 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12478 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12479 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12481 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12483 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12484 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12486 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12487 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12488 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12490 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12491 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12492 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12494 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12495 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12496 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12497 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12499 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12500 How to invoke find and grep.
12501 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12502 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12503 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12504 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12506 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12508 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12509 History list for grep.")
12511 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12512 History list for grep-find.")
12514 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12515 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12516 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12518 \(fn)" nil nil)
12520 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12523 \(fn)" nil nil)
12525 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12526 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12528 \(fn)" nil nil)
12530 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12531 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12532 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12533 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12534 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12536 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12537 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12539 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12540 can easily repeat a grep command.
12542 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12543 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12544 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12545 list is empty).
12547 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12549 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12550 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12551 Collect output in a buffer.
12552 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12553 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12555 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12556 easily repeat a find command.
12558 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12560 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12562 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12563 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12564 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12565 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12566 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12568 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12569 before it is executed.
12570 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12572 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12573 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12574 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12576 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12578 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12580 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12581 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12582 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12583 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12584 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12586 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12587 before it is executed.
12588 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12590 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12591 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12592 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12593 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12595 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12597 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12598 to specify a command to run.
12600 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12602 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12603 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12604 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12605 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12607 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12609 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12611 ;;;***
12613 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20355 10021))
12614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12616 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12617 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12618 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12619 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12620 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12622 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12624 ;;;***
12626 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12627 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20373 11301))
12628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12630 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12631 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12632 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12633 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12635 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12637 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12638 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12639 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12640 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12642 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12644 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12645 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12646 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12647 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12649 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12651 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12652 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12653 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12654 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12656 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12657 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12659 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12661 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12662 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12663 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12664 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12666 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12668 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12669 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12670 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12671 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12673 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12675 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12676 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12677 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12678 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12679 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12681 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12682 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12683 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12684 original source file access method.
12686 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12687 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12689 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12691 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12692 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12694 \(fn)" t nil)
12696 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12697 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12698 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12700 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12701 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12703 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12705 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12706 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12709 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12713 ;;;***
12715 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20355
12716 ;;;;;; 10021))
12717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12719 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12720 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12721 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12722 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12724 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12725 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12726 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12727 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12729 \(fn)" t nil)
12731 ;;;***
12733 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12734 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
12735 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12737 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12738 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12740 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12742 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12743 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12744 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12745 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12747 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12749 \(fn)" t nil)
12751 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12752 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12753 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12754 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12755 to be updated.
12757 \(fn)" t nil)
12759 ;;;***
12761 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12762 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12763 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20355 10021))
12764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12766 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12767 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12769 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12771 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12772 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12773 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12775 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12777 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12778 Verify a hashcash payment
12780 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12782 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12783 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12784 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12785 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12786 `mail-add-payment-async').
12788 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12790 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12791 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12792 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12793 Calculation is asynchronous.
12795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12797 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12798 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12799 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12803 ;;;***
12805 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12806 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12807 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12808 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20355 10021))
12809 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12811 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12812 Return the help-echo string at point.
12813 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12814 property, or nil, is returned.
12815 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12816 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12817 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12819 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12821 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12822 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12823 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12824 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12825 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12827 \(fn)" nil nil)
12829 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12830 Display local help in the echo area.
12831 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12832 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12833 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12834 printed instead.
12836 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12837 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12838 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12842 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12843 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12844 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12846 \(fn)" t nil)
12848 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12849 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12850 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12852 \(fn)" t nil)
12854 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12855 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12856 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12857 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12858 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12859 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12860 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12861 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12862 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12863 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12864 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12866 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12867 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12868 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12869 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12870 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12872 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12873 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12874 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12875 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12876 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12877 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12878 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12879 The default is `never'.")
12881 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12883 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12884 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12885 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12886 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12887 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12888 considered different regions.
12890 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12891 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12892 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12893 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12894 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12895 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12896 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12897 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12898 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12900 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12902 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12903 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12904 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12905 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12906 different regions.
12908 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12909 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12910 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12911 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12912 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12913 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12914 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12915 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12917 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12918 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12919 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12920 rarely happens in practice.
12922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12924 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12925 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12926 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12927 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12928 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12929 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12933 ;;;***
12935 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12936 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12937 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12938 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20355 10021))
12939 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12941 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12942 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12944 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12946 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12947 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12948 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12950 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12952 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12953 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12954 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12955 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12956 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12957 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12958 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12959 search for a function definition.
12961 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12962 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12963 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12964 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12965 suitable file is found, return nil.
12967 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12969 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12972 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12974 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12975 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12976 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12977 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12979 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12981 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12982 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12983 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12984 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12985 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12986 it is displayed along with the global value.
12988 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12990 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12991 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12992 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12993 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12995 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12997 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12998 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12999 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13000 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13001 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13003 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13005 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13006 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13008 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13010 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13011 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13013 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13015 ;;;***
13017 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13018 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
13019 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13021 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13022 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13023 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13024 window listing and describing the options.
13025 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13026 gives the window that lists the options.")
13028 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13030 ;;;***
13032 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13033 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
13034 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (20355
13035 ;;;;;; 10021))
13036 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13038 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13039 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13040 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13041 Commands:
13042 \\{help-mode-map}
13044 \(fn)" t nil)
13046 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13049 \(fn)" nil nil)
13051 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13054 \(fn)" nil nil)
13056 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13057 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13059 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13060 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13061 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13062 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13064 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13065 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13066 restore it properly when going back.
13068 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13070 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13071 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13072 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13073 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13074 from `help-mode'.
13075 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13076 it does not already exist.
13078 \(fn)" nil nil)
13080 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13081 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13083 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13084 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13085 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13086 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13087 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13088 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13089 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13090 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13092 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13093 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13094 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13095 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13097 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13098 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13099 that.
13101 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13103 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13104 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13105 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13106 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13107 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13108 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13110 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13112 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13113 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13114 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13115 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13116 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13118 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13120 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13121 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13123 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13125 ;;;***
13127 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13128 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20355 10021))
13129 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13131 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13132 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13134 \(fn)" t nil)
13136 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13137 Provide help for current mode.
13139 \(fn)" t nil)
13141 ;;;***
13143 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13144 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20361 20134))
13145 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13147 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13148 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13149 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13150 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13151 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13153 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13154 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13156 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13157 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13158 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13159 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13161 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13162 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13163 periods.
13165 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13166 in hexl format.
13168 A sample format:
13170 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13171 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13172 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13173 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13174 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13175 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13176 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13177 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13178 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13179 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13180 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13181 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13182 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13183 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13184 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13186 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13187 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13188 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13190 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13191 also supported.
13193 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13195 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13196 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13197 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13199 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13200 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13201 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13203 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13204 into the buffer at the current point.
13206 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13207 into the buffer at the current point.
13209 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13210 into the buffer at the current point.
13212 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13214 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13215 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13217 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13219 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13223 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13224 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13225 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13226 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13228 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13230 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13231 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13232 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13234 \(fn)" t nil)
13236 ;;;***
13238 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13239 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13240 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13241 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
13242 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13244 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13245 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13247 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13250 Issuing one the highlighting commands listed below will
13251 automatically enable Hi Lock mode. To enable Hi Lock mode in all
13252 buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode' or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1)
13253 to your init file. When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp
13254 Highlighting\" submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The
13255 commands in the submenu, which can be called interactively, are:
13257 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13258 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13260 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13261 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13262 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13263 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13265 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13266 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13268 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13269 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13271 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13272 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13273 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13274 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13275 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13276 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13277 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13278 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13279 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13280 function returns t.
13282 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13283 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13285 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13286 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13287 form:
13288 Hi-lock: FOO
13289 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13290 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13291 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13292 Patterns will be read until
13293 Hi-lock: end
13294 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13298 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13299 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13300 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13301 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13302 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13303 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13305 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13307 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13308 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13309 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13310 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13311 ARG is omitted or nil.
13313 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13314 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13315 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13319 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13321 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13322 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13324 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13325 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13326 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13327 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13328 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13330 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13332 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13334 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13335 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13337 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13338 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13339 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13340 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13341 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13343 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13345 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13347 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13348 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13350 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13351 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13353 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13355 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13357 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13358 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13360 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13361 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13362 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13363 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13364 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13366 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13368 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13369 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13371 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13372 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13373 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13375 \(fn)" t nil)
13377 ;;;***
13379 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13380 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
13381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13383 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13384 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13385 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13386 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13387 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13389 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13390 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13391 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13392 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13394 `hide-ifdef-env'
13395 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13396 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13397 is used.
13399 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13400 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13401 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13402 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13403 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13405 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13406 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13407 #endif lines when hiding.
13409 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13410 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13411 is activated.
13413 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13414 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13415 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13417 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13421 ;;;***
13423 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13424 ;;;;;; (20356 55829))
13425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13427 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13428 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13429 Each element has the form
13430 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13432 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13433 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13435 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13436 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13438 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13439 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13440 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13441 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13442 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13443 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13445 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13446 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13448 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13449 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13451 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13452 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13453 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13455 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13456 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13457 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13458 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13459 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13461 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13462 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13463 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13465 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13466 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13467 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13469 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13470 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13472 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13474 Key bindings:
13475 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13479 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13480 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13482 \(fn)" nil nil)
13484 ;;;***
13486 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13487 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13488 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13489 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13490 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20355
13491 ;;;;;; 10021))
13492 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13494 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13495 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13497 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13498 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13500 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13501 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13502 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13503 this on and off.
13505 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13506 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13507 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13508 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13509 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13510 through various faces.
13511 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13512 buffer with the contents of a file
13513 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13517 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13518 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13519 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13520 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13521 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13523 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13524 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13525 in a distinctive face.
13527 The default value can be customized with variable
13528 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13530 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13534 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13535 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13536 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13538 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13540 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13541 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13543 \(fn)" t nil)
13545 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13546 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13548 \(fn)" t nil)
13550 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13551 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13553 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13554 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13555 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13556 shown in the last face in the list.
13558 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13559 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13560 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13562 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13564 \(fn)" t nil)
13566 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13567 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13569 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13571 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13572 to save the file.
13574 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13575 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13577 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13578 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13579 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13581 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13583 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13584 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13586 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13587 this function is called interactively.
13589 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13590 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13591 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13593 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13594 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13595 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13597 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13599 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13600 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13601 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13602 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13603 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13604 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13606 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13608 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13609 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13610 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13611 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13612 ARG is omitted or nil.
13614 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13615 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13616 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13620 ;;;***
13622 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13623 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13624 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13625 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13626 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20355 10021))
13627 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13629 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13630 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13631 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13632 or insert functions in this list.")
13634 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13636 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13637 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13639 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13641 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13642 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13644 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13646 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13647 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13649 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13651 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13652 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13654 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13656 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13657 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13658 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13660 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13662 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13663 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13664 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13665 \(as atoms)")
13667 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13669 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13670 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13671 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13672 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13673 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13675 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13677 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13678 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13679 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13680 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13681 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13682 expansions.
13683 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13684 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13685 undoes the expansion.
13687 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13689 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13690 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13691 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13692 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13694 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13696 ;;;***
13698 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13699 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
13700 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13702 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13703 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13705 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13706 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13708 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13709 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13710 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13711 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13712 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13713 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13715 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13716 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13717 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13718 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13722 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13723 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13724 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13727 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13729 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13731 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13732 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13734 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13735 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13737 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13738 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13739 windows.
13741 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13742 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13746 ;;;***
13748 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13749 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13750 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13751 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13752 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20361 20134))
13753 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13755 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13757 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13758 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13759 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13761 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13763 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13765 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13767 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13768 Oriental holidays.
13769 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13771 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13773 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13775 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13777 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13778 Local holidays.
13779 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13781 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13783 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13785 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13787 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13788 User defined holidays.
13789 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13791 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13793 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13795 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13796 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13798 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13800 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13801 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13803 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13805 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13806 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13808 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13810 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13811 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13813 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13815 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13817 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13818 Jewish holidays.
13819 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13821 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13823 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13825 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13827 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13828 Christian holidays.
13829 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13831 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13833 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13835 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13837 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13838 Islamic holidays.
13839 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13841 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13843 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13845 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13847 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
13848 Bahá'í holidays.
13849 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13851 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13853 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13855 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13857 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13858 Sun-related holidays.
13859 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13861 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13863 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13865 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13867 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13868 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13869 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13870 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13874 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13875 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13876 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13877 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13878 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13880 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13881 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13883 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13884 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13886 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13887 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13888 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13889 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13890 of a holiday list.
13892 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13894 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13896 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13898 ;;;***
13900 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20355
13901 ;;;;;; 10021))
13902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13904 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13905 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13907 \(fn)" t nil)
13909 ;;;***
13911 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13912 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20355 10021))
13913 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13915 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13916 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13917 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13918 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13919 as possible.
13921 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13922 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13923 fontified display.
13925 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13926 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13928 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13929 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13930 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13932 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13934 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13935 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13936 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13938 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13940 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13942 ;;;***
13944 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13945 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20355
13946 ;;;;;; 10021))
13947 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13949 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13950 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13952 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13953 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13954 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13956 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13957 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13958 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13959 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13960 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13961 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13963 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13964 title of the column.
13966 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13967 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13968 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13969 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13970 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13972 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13974 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13976 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13977 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13978 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13979 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13980 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13982 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13983 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13984 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13986 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13988 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13990 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13991 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13992 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13993 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13994 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13995 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13997 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13998 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13999 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14000 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14001 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14002 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14003 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14004 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14005 values are:
14006 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14007 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14008 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14009 buffer's modification flag.
14010 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14011 prompted before performing this operation.
14012 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14013 operation is complete, in the form:
14014 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14015 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14016 confirmation message, in the form:
14017 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14018 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14019 macro for exactly what it does.
14021 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14023 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14025 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14026 Define a filter named NAME.
14027 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14028 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14029 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14031 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14032 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14033 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14034 bound to the current value of the filter.
14036 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14038 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14040 ;;;***
14042 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14043 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20374 32165))
14044 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14046 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14047 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14048 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14049 buffers which are visiting a file.
14051 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14053 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14054 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14055 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14056 buffers which are visiting a file.
14058 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14060 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14061 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14062 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14064 All arguments are optional.
14065 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14066 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14067 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14068 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14069 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14070 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14071 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14072 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14073 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14074 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14075 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14076 that value locally in this buffer.
14078 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14080 ;;;***
14082 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14083 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14084 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20355 10021))
14085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14087 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14088 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14089 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14090 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14092 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14094 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14095 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14096 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14097 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14098 ICAL-FILENAME.
14099 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14100 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14101 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14103 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14105 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14106 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14107 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14108 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14109 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14110 non-marking or not.
14112 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14114 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14115 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14117 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14118 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14119 DIARY-FILE.
14121 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14122 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14123 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14125 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14126 non-marking.
14128 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14129 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14130 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14132 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14134 ;;;***
14136 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20355
14137 ;;;;;; 10021))
14138 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14140 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14141 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14142 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14143 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14144 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14145 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14147 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14149 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14150 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14151 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14152 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14153 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14157 ;;;***
14159 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20355 10021))
14160 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14162 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14163 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14164 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14165 Tab indents for Icon code.
14166 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14167 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14168 \\{icon-mode-map}
14169 Variables controlling indentation style:
14170 icon-tab-always-indent
14171 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14172 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14173 icon-auto-newline
14174 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14175 inserted in Icon code.
14176 icon-indent-level
14177 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14178 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14179 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14180 icon-continued-statement-offset
14181 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14182 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14183 icon-continued-brace-offset
14184 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14185 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14186 icon-brace-offset
14187 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14188 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14189 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14190 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14192 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14193 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14195 \(fn)" t nil)
14197 ;;;***
14199 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14200 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
14201 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14203 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14204 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14205 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14206 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14208 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14209 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14210 separate frames.
14212 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14213 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14215 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14216 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14217 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14219 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14221 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14223 ;;;***
14225 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14226 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
14227 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14229 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14230 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14232 The main features of this mode are
14234 1. Indentation and Formatting
14235 --------------------------
14236 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14237 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14239 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14240 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14241 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14242 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14244 Comments are indented as follows:
14246 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14247 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14248 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14250 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14252 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14253 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14254 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14255 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14256 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14257 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14259 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14260 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14261 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14262 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14264 2. Routine Info
14265 ------------
14266 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14267 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14268 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14269 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14270 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14271 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14272 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14273 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14274 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14275 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14277 3. Online IDL Help
14278 ---------------
14280 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14281 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14282 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14283 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14285 4. Completion
14286 ----------
14287 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14288 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14289 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14290 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14291 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14292 upper case.
14294 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14295 --------------------------------
14296 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14297 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14299 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14300 \\fu FUNCTION template
14301 \\c CASE statement template
14302 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14303 \\f FOR loop template
14304 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14305 \\w WHILE loop template
14306 \\i IF statement template
14307 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14308 \\b BEGIN
14310 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14311 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14313 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14314 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14315 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14316 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14318 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14319 -------------------------
14320 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14321 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14323 7. Automatic END completion
14324 ------------------------
14325 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14326 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14328 8. Hooks
14329 -----
14330 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14331 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14333 9. Documentation and Customization
14334 -------------------------------
14335 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14336 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14337 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14338 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14339 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14341 10.Keybindings
14342 -----------
14343 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14344 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14345 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14347 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14349 \(fn)" t nil)
14351 ;;;***
14353 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14354 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14355 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14356 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14357 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14358 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14359 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14360 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20355
14361 ;;;;;; 10021))
14362 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14364 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14365 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14366 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14367 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14368 displaying...)
14369 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14370 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14371 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14373 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14374 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14376 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14378 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14379 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14380 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14381 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14382 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14383 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14384 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14385 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14386 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14390 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14391 Switch to another buffer.
14392 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14393 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14394 in another frame.
14396 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14397 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14398 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14399 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14400 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14402 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14403 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14405 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14406 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14408 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14409 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14410 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14411 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14412 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14413 in a separate window.
14414 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14415 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14416 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14417 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14418 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14419 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14420 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14421 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14422 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14424 \(fn)" t nil)
14426 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14427 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14428 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14429 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14431 \(fn)" t nil)
14433 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14434 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14435 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14436 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14438 \(fn)" t nil)
14440 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14441 Kill a buffer.
14442 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14443 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14445 \(fn)" t nil)
14447 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14448 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14449 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14450 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14452 \(fn)" t nil)
14454 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14455 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14456 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14457 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14459 \(fn)" t nil)
14461 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14462 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14464 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14466 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14467 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14468 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14469 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14470 visible in another frame.
14472 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14473 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14474 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14475 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14476 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14477 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14479 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14480 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14482 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14483 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14485 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14486 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14487 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14488 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14489 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14490 in a separate window.
14491 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14492 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14493 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14494 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14495 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14496 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14497 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14498 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14499 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14500 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14501 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14502 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14503 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14504 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14506 \(fn)" t nil)
14508 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14509 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14510 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14511 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14513 \(fn)" t nil)
14515 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14516 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14517 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14518 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14520 \(fn)" t nil)
14522 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14523 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14524 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14525 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14527 \(fn)" t nil)
14529 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14530 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14531 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14532 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14534 \(fn)" t nil)
14536 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14537 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14538 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14539 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14541 \(fn)" t nil)
14543 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14544 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14545 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14546 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14548 \(fn)" t nil)
14550 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14551 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14552 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14553 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14555 \(fn)" t nil)
14557 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14558 Write current buffer to a file.
14559 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14560 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14562 \(fn)" t nil)
14564 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14565 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14566 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14567 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14569 \(fn)" t nil)
14571 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14572 Call `dired' the ido way.
14573 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14574 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14576 \(fn)" t nil)
14578 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14579 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14580 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14581 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14582 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14583 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14585 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14587 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14588 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14589 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14590 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14592 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14594 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14595 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14596 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14597 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14599 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14601 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14602 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14603 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14604 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14605 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14606 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14607 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14608 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14609 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14610 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14611 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14612 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14613 with point positioned at the end.
14614 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14615 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14617 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14619 ;;;***
14621 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20355 10021))
14622 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14624 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14625 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14626 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14628 \(fn)" t nil)
14630 ;;;***
14632 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20355 10021))
14633 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14635 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14637 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14638 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14640 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14641 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14642 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14646 ;;;***
14648 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14649 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14650 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14651 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14652 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14653 ;;;;;; (20377 8374))
14654 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14656 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14657 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14658 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14659 be determined.
14661 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14663 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14664 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14665 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14666 be determined.
14668 \(fn)" nil nil)
14670 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14671 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14672 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14673 be determined.
14675 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14677 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14678 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14679 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14680 be determined.
14682 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14684 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14685 Determine and return image type.
14686 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14687 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14688 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14689 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14690 use its file extension as image type.
14691 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14693 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14695 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14696 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14697 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14699 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14701 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14702 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14703 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14705 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14706 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14707 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14708 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14709 must be available.
14711 \(fn)" nil nil)
14713 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14714 Create an image.
14715 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14716 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14717 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14718 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14719 use its file extension as image type.
14720 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14721 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14722 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14723 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14725 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14727 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14728 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14729 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14731 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14733 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14734 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14735 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14736 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14737 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14738 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14739 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14740 POS may be an integer or marker.
14741 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14742 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14743 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14744 means display it in the right marginal area.
14746 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14748 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14749 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14750 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14751 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14752 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14753 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14754 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14755 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14756 means display it in the right marginal area.
14757 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14758 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14759 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14760 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14761 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14763 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14765 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14766 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14767 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14768 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14769 defaulted if you omit it.
14770 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14771 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14772 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14773 means display it in the right marginal area.
14774 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14776 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14778 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14779 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14780 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14781 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14783 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14785 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14786 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14788 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14790 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14791 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14792 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14793 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14794 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14795 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14796 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14797 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14798 satisfied.
14800 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14802 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14804 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14806 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14807 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14809 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14810 documentation string.
14812 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14813 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14814 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14815 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14816 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14817 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14818 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14819 define SYMBOL.
14821 Example:
14823 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14824 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14826 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14828 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14830 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14831 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14832 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
14833 It registers the ImageMagick types listed in `imagemagick-types',
14834 excluding those listed in `imagemagick-types-inhibit'.
14836 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
14837 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
14838 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
14839 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
14841 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, do nothing.
14843 \(fn)" nil nil)
14845 ;;;***
14847 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14848 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14849 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14850 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14851 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14852 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14853 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14854 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20355 10021))
14855 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14857 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14858 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14859 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14860 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14861 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14862 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14866 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14867 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14869 Convenience command that:
14871 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14872 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14873 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14875 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14876 image files in dired and type
14877 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14879 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14881 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14882 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14884 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14886 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14887 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14888 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14889 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14890 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14891 another one).
14893 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14894 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14895 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14897 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14898 instead of erasing it first.
14900 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14901 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14902 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14903 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14904 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14905 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14907 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14909 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14910 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14911 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14912 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14913 displayed.
14915 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14917 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14919 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14921 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14922 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14924 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14926 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14927 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14928 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14930 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14932 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14933 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14935 \(fn)" t nil)
14937 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14938 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14939 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14940 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14942 \(fn)" t nil)
14944 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14945 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14947 \(fn)" t nil)
14949 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14950 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14952 \(fn)" t nil)
14954 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14955 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14957 \(fn)" t nil)
14959 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14960 Display current image file.
14961 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14962 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14966 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14967 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14969 \(fn)" t nil)
14971 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14972 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14973 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14974 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14975 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14976 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14977 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14979 \(fn)" t nil)
14981 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14982 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14983 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14984 easy-to-use form.
14986 \(fn)" t nil)
14988 ;;;***
14990 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14991 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14992 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20355 10021))
14993 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14995 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14996 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14997 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14998 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15000 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15001 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15002 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15003 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15005 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15007 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15008 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15009 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15010 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15012 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15013 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15014 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15015 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15017 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15019 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15020 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15022 \(fn)" nil nil)
15024 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15025 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15026 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15027 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15029 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15031 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15032 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15033 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15035 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15036 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15038 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15040 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15041 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15042 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15043 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15044 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15046 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15047 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15048 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15052 ;;;***
15054 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15055 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20355 10021))
15056 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15058 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15059 Major mode for image files.
15060 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15061 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15063 \(fn)" t nil)
15065 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15066 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15067 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15068 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15069 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15071 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15072 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15073 actual image.
15075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15077 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15078 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15079 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15080 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15081 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15082 to display an image file as the actual image.
15084 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15085 to display an image file as text initially.
15087 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15088 on these modes.
15090 \(fn)" t nil)
15092 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15095 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15097 ;;;***
15099 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15100 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20369 14251))
15101 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15103 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15104 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15106 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15108 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15109 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15110 in the buffer.
15112 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15114 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15115 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15116 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15118 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15120 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15121 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15123 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15124 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15125 pattern's structure.
15127 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15128 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15129 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15130 during matching.")
15131 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15133 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15135 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15136 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15138 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15139 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15140 called within a `save-excursion'.
15142 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15144 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15146 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15147 Function for finding the next index position.
15149 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15150 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15151 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15152 file.
15154 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15155 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15157 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15159 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15160 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15162 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15163 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15164 It should return the name for that index item.")
15166 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15168 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15169 Function to compare string with index item.
15171 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15172 non-nil if they match.
15174 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15175 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15176 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15177 arguments match\".")
15179 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15181 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15182 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15183 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15185 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15186 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15188 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15190 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15192 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15193 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15194 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15195 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15197 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15199 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15200 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15202 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15204 \(fn)" t nil)
15206 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15207 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15208 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15209 for more information.
15211 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15213 ;;;***
15215 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15216 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15217 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20355 10021))
15218 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15220 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15221 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15223 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15225 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15228 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15230 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15233 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15235 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15238 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15240 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15241 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15243 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15245 ;;;***
15247 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15248 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15249 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20355 10021))
15250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15252 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
15253 What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15254 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15255 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15256 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15258 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15260 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
15261 Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15263 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15265 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
15266 Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15267 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15268 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15269 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15270 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15271 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15272 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15274 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15276 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
15277 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15278 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15279 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15280 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15282 This variable is only used if the variable
15283 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15285 More precise choices:
15286 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15287 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15288 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15290 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15292 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15294 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15295 Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
15297 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15298 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15299 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15300 to that buffer.
15301 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15302 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15303 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15304 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15306 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15308 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15310 ;;;***
15312 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15313 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15314 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15315 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15316 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20355 10021))
15317 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15319 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15320 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15322 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15323 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15325 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15326 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15327 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15328 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15329 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15330 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15331 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15332 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15333 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15334 with the top-level Info directory.
15336 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15337 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15338 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15339 appended to the Info buffer name.
15341 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15342 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15343 in all the directories in that path.
15345 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15347 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15349 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15350 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15352 \(fn)" t nil)
15354 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15355 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15356 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15357 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15359 \(fn)" nil nil)
15361 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15362 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15363 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15364 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15366 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15368 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15369 Go to the Info directory node.
15371 \(fn)" t nil)
15373 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15374 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15375 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15376 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15377 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15378 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15380 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15382 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15383 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15384 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15386 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15388 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15389 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15390 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15391 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15392 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15394 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15396 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15397 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15398 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15399 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15400 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15402 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15403 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15405 Selecting other nodes:
15406 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15407 Follow a node reference you click on.
15408 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15409 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15410 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15411 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15412 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15413 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15414 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15415 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15416 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15417 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15418 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15419 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15420 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15421 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15422 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15423 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15424 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15425 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15426 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15427 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15429 Moving within a node:
15430 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15431 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15432 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15433 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15434 move up to the parent node.
15435 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15436 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15437 if there is none.
15438 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15440 Advanced commands:
15441 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15442 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15443 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15444 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15445 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15446 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15447 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15448 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15449 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15450 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15451 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15452 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15453 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15454 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15455 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15456 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15458 \(fn)" t nil)
15459 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15461 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15462 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15463 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15464 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15465 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15466 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15468 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15469 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15471 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15472 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15473 KEY is a string.
15474 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15475 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15476 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15477 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15479 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15481 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15482 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15483 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15485 \(fn)" t nil)
15487 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15488 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15489 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15491 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15493 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15494 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15496 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15498 ;;;***
15500 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15501 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15502 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
15503 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15505 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15506 Throw away all cached data.
15507 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15508 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15509 system.
15511 \(fn)" t nil)
15512 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15514 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15515 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15516 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15517 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15518 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15519 one found at point.
15521 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15523 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15524 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15526 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15527 Display the documentation of a file.
15528 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15529 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15530 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15531 The default file name is the one found at point.
15533 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15535 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15537 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15538 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15540 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15542 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15543 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15545 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15547 ;;;***
15549 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15550 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15551 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
15552 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15554 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15555 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15556 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15557 current info file is the default.
15559 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15560 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15561 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15562 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15563 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15565 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15566 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15567 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15568 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15569 mistake in the reference.
15571 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15572 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15573 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15575 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15576 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15577 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15578 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15580 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15582 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15583 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15584 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15585 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15586 checked.
15588 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15589 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15590 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15591 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15592 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15593 should be harmless.
15595 \(fn)" t nil)
15597 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15598 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15599 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15600 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15602 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15603 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15604 and can take a long time.
15606 \(fn)" t nil)
15608 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15609 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15610 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15612 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15614 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15615 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15617 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15618 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15619 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15620 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15621 all builtins).
15623 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15624 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15625 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15626 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15627 the sources handy.
15629 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15631 ;;;***
15633 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15634 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20355 10021))
15635 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15637 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15638 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15640 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15642 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15643 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15645 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15647 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15648 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15649 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15650 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15652 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15653 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15654 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15656 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15657 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15658 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15659 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15661 \(fn)" t nil)
15663 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15664 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15665 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15667 \(fn)" t nil)
15669 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15670 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15671 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15672 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15673 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15675 \(fn)" nil nil)
15677 ;;;***
15679 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15680 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15681 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
15682 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15684 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15685 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15687 \(fn)" t nil)
15689 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15690 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15692 \(fn)" t nil)
15694 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15697 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15699 ;;;***
15701 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20355
15702 ;;;;;; 10021))
15703 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15705 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15706 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15707 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15708 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15709 accessed via isearchb.
15711 \(fn)" t nil)
15713 ;;;***
15715 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15716 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15717 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15718 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20355 10021))
15719 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15721 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15722 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15723 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15724 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15725 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15727 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15729 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15730 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15731 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15732 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15733 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15735 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15737 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15738 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15739 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15740 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15741 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15743 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15745 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15746 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15747 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15748 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15749 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15751 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15753 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15754 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15755 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15756 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15757 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15759 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15761 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15762 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15763 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15764 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15765 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15767 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15769 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15770 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15771 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15772 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15773 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15775 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15777 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15778 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15779 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15780 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15782 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15784 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15785 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15786 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15787 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15789 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15791 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15792 Warn that format is read-only.
15794 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15796 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15797 Warn that format is write-only.
15799 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15801 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15802 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15804 \(fn)" t nil)
15806 ;;;***
15808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15809 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
15810 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15811 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15812 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15813 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15815 ;;;***
15817 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15818 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15819 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15820 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15821 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20374 32165))
15822 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15824 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15826 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15827 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15828 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15829 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15830 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15832 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15834 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15836 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15837 Key map for ispell menu.")
15839 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15840 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15841 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15842 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15844 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15846 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15848 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15850 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15852 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15853 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15854 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15855 Valid forms include:
15856 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15857 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15858 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15859 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15861 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15862 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15863 First list is used raw.
15864 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15866 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15867 for skipping in latex mode.")
15869 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15870 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15871 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15872 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15873 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15874 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15875 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15877 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15878 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15879 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15880 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15882 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15883 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15884 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15885 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15886 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15888 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15889 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15891 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15892 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15894 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15895 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15897 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15898 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15900 Return values:
15901 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15902 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15903 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15904 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15905 quit spell session exited.
15907 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15909 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15910 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15911 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15913 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15915 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15916 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15918 Selections are:
15920 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15921 SPC: Accept word this time.
15922 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15923 `a': Accept word for this session.
15924 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15925 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15926 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15927 `?': Show these commands.
15928 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15929 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15930 the aborted check to be completed later.
15931 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15932 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15933 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15934 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15935 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15936 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15937 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15939 \(fn)" nil nil)
15941 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15942 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15943 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15944 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
15946 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
15948 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15949 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15950 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15951 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15953 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15955 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15957 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15958 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15959 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
15960 amount for last line processed.
15962 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15964 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15965 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15967 \(fn)" t nil)
15969 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15970 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15972 \(fn)" t nil)
15974 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15975 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15977 \(fn)" t nil)
15979 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15980 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15981 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15982 sequence inside of a word.
15984 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15986 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15988 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15989 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15991 \(fn)" t nil)
15993 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15994 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15995 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15996 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15998 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15999 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16000 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16001 available on the net.
16003 \(fn)" t nil)
16005 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16006 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16007 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16008 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16009 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16011 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16012 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16013 spelled.
16015 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16016 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16017 SPC.
16019 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16020 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16024 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16025 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16026 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16027 Don't check included messages.
16029 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16030 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16031 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16033 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16034 in your .emacs file:
16035 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16036 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16037 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16038 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16040 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16041 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16042 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16044 \(fn)" t nil)
16046 ;;;***
16048 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20355
16049 ;;;;;; 10021))
16050 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16052 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16053 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16054 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16055 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16056 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16057 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16059 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16061 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16062 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16063 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16064 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16065 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16067 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16068 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16072 ;;;***
16074 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16075 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16076 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16077 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20355 10021))
16078 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16080 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16083 \(fn)" nil nil)
16085 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16086 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16087 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16088 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16089 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16090 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16091 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16092 necessary to represent OBJ.
16094 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16096 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16097 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16098 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16099 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16101 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16103 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16104 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16105 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16106 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16107 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16109 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16111 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16112 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16113 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16114 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16116 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16118 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16119 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16120 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16121 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16123 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16125 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16126 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16128 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16130 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16131 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16132 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16133 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16134 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16136 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16138 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16139 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16140 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16141 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16142 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16144 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16146 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16147 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16148 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16150 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16152 ;;;***
16154 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16155 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20355 10021))
16156 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16158 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16159 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16160 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16161 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16163 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16166 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16168 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16169 Uninstall jka-compr.
16170 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16171 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16172 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16174 \(fn)" nil nil)
16176 ;;;***
16178 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20378 29222))
16179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16181 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16182 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16184 \(fn)" t nil)
16186 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16188 ;;;***
16190 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16191 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16192 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
16193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16195 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16196 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16197 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16198 decimal key must be specified.")
16200 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16202 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16203 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16204 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16205 decimal key must be specified.")
16207 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16209 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16210 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16211 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16212 decimal key must be specified.")
16214 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16216 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16217 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16218 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16219 decimal key must be specified.")
16221 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16223 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16224 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16225 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16226 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16227 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16228 keys are bound.
16230 Setup Binding
16231 -------------------------------------------------------------
16232 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16233 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16234 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16235 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16236 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16237 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16238 in the global and local keymaps.
16240 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16241 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16243 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16245 ;;;***
16247 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16248 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
16249 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16251 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16252 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16253 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16255 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16256 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16257 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16258 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16259 shorter.
16261 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16262 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16263 the context of text formatting.
16265 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16267 ;;;***
16269 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20355
16270 ;;;;;; 10021))
16271 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16273 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16274 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16275 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16276 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16277 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16278 positions that contains the current selection.")
16280 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16281 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16282 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16283 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16284 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16285 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16286 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16288 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16290 ;;;***
16292 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16293 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16294 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16295 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20355 10021))
16296 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16297 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16298 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16299 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16300 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16301 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16302 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16303 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16305 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16306 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16308 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16310 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16311 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16312 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16313 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16314 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16316 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16318 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16319 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16320 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16322 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16323 defining the macro.
16325 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16326 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16327 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16329 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16330 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16332 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16334 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16335 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16336 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16337 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16338 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16339 under that name.
16341 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16342 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16343 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16345 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16347 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16348 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16349 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16351 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16352 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16353 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16354 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16356 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16357 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16359 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16361 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16362 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16363 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16365 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16366 macro.
16368 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16369 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16371 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16372 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16373 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16375 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16376 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16378 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16380 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16381 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16382 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16383 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16385 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16387 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16388 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16389 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16390 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16392 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16393 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16395 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16397 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16398 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16399 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16401 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16403 ;;;***
16405 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16406 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20355 10021))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16409 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16410 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16411 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16413 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16416 \(fn)" nil nil)
16418 ;;;***
16420 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16421 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
16422 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16424 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16426 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16427 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16429 \(fn)" t nil)
16431 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16432 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16433 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16434 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16436 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16437 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16438 none / 1 | yes | no
16439 2 | yes | yes
16440 3 | no | yes
16441 4 | no | no
16443 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16444 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16445 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16447 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16449 ;;;***
16451 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16452 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16453 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20355 10021))
16454 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16456 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16459 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16461 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16462 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16463 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16464 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16465 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16466 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16468 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16469 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16471 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16473 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16474 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16476 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16478 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16481 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16483 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16486 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16488 ;;;***
16490 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16491 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16492 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20355 10021))
16493 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16495 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16496 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16497 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16498 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16500 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16502 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16503 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16504 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16506 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16508 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16509 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16510 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16512 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16514 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16515 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16516 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16517 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16519 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16521 ;;;***
16523 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16524 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20355 10021))
16525 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16527 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16528 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16529 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16530 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16531 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16532 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16533 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16534 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16536 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16537 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16540 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16542 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16544 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16545 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16546 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16547 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16548 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16549 `latin1-display-setup'.
16551 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16553 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16554 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16555 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16556 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16558 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16559 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16561 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16563 ;;;***
16565 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16566 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
16567 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16569 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16570 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16572 \(fn)" t nil)
16574 ;;;***
16576 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16577 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
16578 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16580 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16581 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16583 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16584 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16586 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16587 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16589 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16590 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16591 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16592 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16593 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16594 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16595 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16596 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16597 and transmit saved text.
16599 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16600 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16601 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16603 \(fn)" t nil)
16605 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16608 \(fn)" nil nil)
16610 ;;;***
16612 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20355 10021))
16613 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16615 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16616 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16617 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16618 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16619 generations (this defaults to 1).
16621 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16623 ;;;***
16625 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16626 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (20355 10021))
16627 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16629 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16630 Format used to display line numbers.
16631 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16632 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16633 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16634 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16636 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16638 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16639 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16641 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16642 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16644 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16648 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16649 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16650 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16651 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16652 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16653 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16655 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16657 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16658 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16659 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16660 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16661 ARG is omitted or nil.
16663 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16664 `linum-on' would do it.
16665 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16669 ;;;***
16671 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20355
16672 ;;;;;; 10021))
16673 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16675 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16676 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16677 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16678 is nil, raise an error.
16680 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16681 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16682 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16683 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16684 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16685 defined by the library.
16687 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16688 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16689 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16690 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16691 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16692 proceeds.
16694 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16695 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16696 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16697 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16699 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16701 ;;;***
16703 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16704 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20355 10021))
16705 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16707 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16708 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16709 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16711 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16713 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16714 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16715 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16716 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16718 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16719 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16720 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16721 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16722 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16723 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16724 the version.)
16726 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16727 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16729 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16730 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16732 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16733 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16735 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16737 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16738 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16739 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16740 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16741 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16742 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16743 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16744 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16745 to constrain a big search.
16747 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16749 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16750 except that FILTER is not optional.
16752 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16754 ;;;***
16756 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20355 10021))
16757 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16759 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16760 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16761 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16762 if MODE is nil.
16763 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16764 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16765 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16766 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16767 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16769 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16770 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16771 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16772 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16773 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16775 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16776 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16777 uses the current buffer.
16779 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16781 ;;;***
16783 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20355
16784 ;;;;;; 10021))
16785 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16787 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16788 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16790 \(fn)" t nil)
16792 ;;;***
16794 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20355
16795 ;;;;;; 10021))
16796 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16798 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16799 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16800 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16801 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16802 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16804 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16805 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16806 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16807 disk.
16809 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16810 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16811 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16813 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16814 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16818 ;;;***
16820 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16821 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20355
16822 ;;;;;; 10021))
16823 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16825 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16826 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16828 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16829 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16831 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16832 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16833 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16835 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16836 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16838 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16839 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16840 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16841 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16842 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16843 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16844 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16846 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16848 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16849 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16850 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16851 switch on this list.
16852 See `lpr-command'.")
16854 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16856 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16857 Name of program for printing a file.
16859 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16860 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16861 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16862 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16863 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16864 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16865 argument.")
16867 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16869 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16870 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16871 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16872 for customization of the printer command.
16874 \(fn)" t nil)
16876 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16877 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16879 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16880 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16881 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16882 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16884 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16885 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16887 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16888 for further customization of the printer command.
16890 \(fn)" t nil)
16892 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16893 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16894 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16895 for customization of the printer command.
16897 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16899 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16900 Paginate and print the region contents.
16902 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16903 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16904 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16905 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16907 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16908 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16910 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16911 for further customization of the printer command.
16913 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16915 ;;;***
16917 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16918 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
16919 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16921 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16922 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16923 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16925 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16927 ;;;***
16929 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20355
16930 ;;;;;; 10021))
16931 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16933 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16934 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16935 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16936 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16940 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16942 ;;;***
16944 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20355
16945 ;;;;;; 10021))
16946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16948 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16949 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16951 \(fn)" t nil)
16953 ;;;***
16955 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16956 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
16957 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16959 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16960 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16961 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16962 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16963 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16965 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16967 ;;;***
16969 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16970 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20355 10021))
16971 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16973 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16974 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16975 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16976 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16977 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16979 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16981 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16982 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16983 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16984 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16986 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16987 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16988 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16989 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16990 bindings.
16992 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16993 use this command, and then save the file.
16995 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16997 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16998 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16999 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17000 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17001 each time the macro executes.
17002 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17003 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17004 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17005 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17006 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17007 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17008 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17010 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17012 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17013 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17014 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17015 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17017 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17018 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17019 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17020 execute.
17022 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17023 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17025 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17026 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17027 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17028 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17029 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17031 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17032 looked like this:
17034 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17035 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17036 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17038 You could enter the names in this format:
17044 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17046 \\C-x (
17047 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17048 \\C-x )
17050 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17051 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17053 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17054 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17056 ;;;***
17058 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17059 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20355 10021))
17060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17062 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17063 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17064 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17065 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17066 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17067 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17069 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17070 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17071 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17072 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17073 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17075 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17076 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17077 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17078 consing a string.)
17080 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17082 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17083 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17085 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17087 ;;;***
17089 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17090 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17091 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
17092 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17094 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17095 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17097 \(fn)" nil nil)
17099 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17102 \(fn)" nil nil)
17104 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17105 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17107 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17109 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17110 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17111 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17112 message.
17114 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17116 \(fn)" nil nil)
17118 ;;;***
17120 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17121 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17122 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17123 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20355 10021))
17124 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17126 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17127 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17128 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17129 often correct parser.")
17131 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17133 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17134 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17135 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17136 a value which excludes your own email address.
17138 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17139 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17141 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17143 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17144 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17146 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17148 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17149 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17150 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17151 we return it unconverted.
17153 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17154 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17156 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17158 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17159 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17160 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17161 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17163 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17165 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17166 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17167 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17168 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17170 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17172 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17173 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17174 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17175 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17176 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17177 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17178 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17179 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17180 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17181 as Rmail does.
17183 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17185 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17186 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17187 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17188 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17189 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17190 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17191 matches may be returned from the message body.
17193 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17195 ;;;***
17197 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17198 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20355
17199 ;;;;;; 10021))
17200 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17202 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17203 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17204 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17205 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17206 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17207 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17209 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17211 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17212 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17213 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17214 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17215 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17217 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17218 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17219 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17220 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17224 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17225 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17227 \(fn)" nil nil)
17229 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17230 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17231 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17233 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17235 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17236 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17237 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17239 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17240 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17241 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17242 double-quotes.
17244 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17246 ;;;***
17248 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17249 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17250 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20355 10021))
17251 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17253 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17254 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17255 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17256 king@grassland.com
17257 If `parens', they look like:
17258 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17259 If `angles', they look like:
17260 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17262 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17264 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17265 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17266 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17267 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17268 their `Resent-' variants.
17270 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17271 removed from alias expansions.
17273 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17275 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17276 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17277 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17279 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17280 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17281 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17282 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17284 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17286 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17287 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17288 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17290 \(fn)" nil nil)
17292 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17293 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17294 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17295 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17297 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17299 ;;;***
17301 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17302 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
17303 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17305 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17306 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17307 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17308 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17310 \(fn)" nil nil)
17312 ;;;***
17314 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17315 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17316 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20355 10021))
17317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17319 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17320 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17322 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17323 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17324 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17325 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17326 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17327 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17329 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17330 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17331 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17332 dependency, despite the colon.
17334 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17336 In the browser, use the following keys:
17338 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17340 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17342 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17343 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17345 `makefile-target-colon':
17346 The string that gets appended to all target names
17347 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17348 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17350 `makefile-macro-assign':
17351 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17352 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17353 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17354 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17355 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17356 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17358 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17359 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17360 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17362 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17363 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17365 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17366 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17367 up or down in the browser.
17369 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17370 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17372 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17373 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17375 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17376 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17377 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17378 has been selected in the browser.
17380 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17381 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17382 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17383 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17384 filenames are omitted.
17386 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17387 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17388 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17389 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17390 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17391 the backslash itself intact.
17392 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17393 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17395 `makefile-browser-hook':
17396 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17397 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17399 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17400 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17401 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17402 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17404 \(fn)" t nil)
17406 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17407 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17409 \(fn)" t nil)
17411 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17412 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17414 \(fn)" t nil)
17416 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17417 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17419 \(fn)" t nil)
17421 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17422 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17424 \(fn)" t nil)
17426 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17427 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17429 \(fn)" t nil)
17431 ;;;***
17433 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20355
17434 ;;;;;; 10021))
17435 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17437 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17438 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17439 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17441 \(fn)" t nil)
17443 ;;;***
17445 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17446 ;;;;;; (20381 5411))
17447 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17449 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17451 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17452 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17453 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17454 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17455 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17456 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17457 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17458 page, it will display immediately.
17460 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17461 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17462 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17464 cat(1)
17465 1 cat
17467 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17468 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17469 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17470 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17472 -a chmod
17474 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17475 otherwise look like a page name.
17477 /my/file/name.1.gz
17478 -l somefile.1
17480 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17481 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17482 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17484 -k pattern
17486 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17488 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17489 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17491 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17493 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17494 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17496 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17498 ;;;***
17500 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20355 10021))
17501 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17503 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17504 Toggle Master mode.
17505 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17506 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17507 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17509 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17510 using the following commands:
17512 \\{master-mode-map}
17514 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17515 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17516 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17520 ;;;***
17522 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17523 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
17524 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17526 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17527 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17528 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17530 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17531 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17533 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17535 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17536 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17537 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17538 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17539 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17541 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17542 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17543 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17544 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17548 ;;;***
17550 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17551 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17552 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17553 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17554 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17555 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17556 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20355 10021))
17557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17559 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17561 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17562 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17563 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17564 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17565 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17566 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17567 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17568 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17569 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17570 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17571 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17572 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17573 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17574 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17575 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17576 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17577 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17578 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17579 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17580 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17581 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17582 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17583 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17584 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17585 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17586 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17587 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17588 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17589 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17590 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17591 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17592 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17593 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17594 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17595 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17596 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17597 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17598 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17600 \(fn)" t nil)
17602 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17603 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17604 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17605 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17606 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17608 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17610 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17611 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17613 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17615 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17616 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17618 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17620 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17621 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17623 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17625 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17626 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17627 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17629 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17631 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17632 Cancel an article you posted.
17633 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17637 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17638 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17639 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17640 header line with the old Message-ID.
17642 \(fn)" t nil)
17644 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17645 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17647 \(fn)" t nil)
17649 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17650 Forward the current message via mail.
17651 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17652 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17654 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17656 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17659 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17661 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17664 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17666 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17667 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17669 \(fn)" t nil)
17671 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17672 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17674 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17676 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17677 Re-mail the current message.
17678 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17679 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17680 you.
17682 \(fn)" t nil)
17684 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17685 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17687 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17689 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17690 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17692 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17694 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17695 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17697 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17699 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17700 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17702 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17704 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17705 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17706 Works by overstriking characters.
17707 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17708 which specify the range to operate on.
17710 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17712 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17713 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17714 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17715 which specify the range to operate on.
17717 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17719 ;;;***
17721 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17722 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
17723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17725 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17726 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17728 \(fn)" t nil)
17730 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17731 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17733 \(fn)" t nil)
17735 ;;;***
17737 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17738 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17739 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
17740 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17742 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17743 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17744 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17746 \(fn)" t nil)
17748 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17749 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17750 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17751 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17752 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17753 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17754 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17756 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17758 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17759 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17760 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17761 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17762 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17763 means current).
17764 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17765 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17767 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17769 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17770 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17771 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17772 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17773 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17774 means current).
17775 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17776 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17778 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17780 ;;;***
17782 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17783 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17784 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20355 10021))
17785 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17787 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17788 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17789 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17791 \(fn)" t nil)
17793 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17794 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17795 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17797 \(fn)" t nil)
17799 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17800 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17802 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17803 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17804 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17806 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17807 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17809 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17810 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17812 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17814 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17816 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17817 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17818 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17819 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17820 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17821 as `compose-mail'.
17823 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17824 initial Subject field, respectively.
17826 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17827 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17828 are strings.
17830 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17831 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17833 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17835 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17836 Save draft and send message.
17838 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17839 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17840 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17841 Mail Delivery*\".
17843 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17844 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17845 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17847 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17848 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17849 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17850 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17851 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17852 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17854 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17855 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17857 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17858 message and scan line.
17860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17862 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17863 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17865 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17866 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17867 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17868 delete the draft message.
17870 \(fn)" t nil)
17872 ;;;***
17874 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20355 10021))
17875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17877 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17879 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17881 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17883 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17884 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17886 \(fn)" t nil)
17888 ;;;***
17890 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17891 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20371 55972))
17892 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17894 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17895 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17896 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17898 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17899 the MH mail system.
17901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17903 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17904 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17905 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17907 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17908 the MH mail system.
17910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17912 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17913 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17915 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17916 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17917 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17918 separate command.
17920 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17921 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17922 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17923 format.
17925 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17927 Ranges
17928 ======
17929 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17930 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17931 can be used in several ways.
17933 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17934 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17935 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17936 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17937 page):
17939 <num1>-<num2>
17940 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17941 The range must be nonempty.
17943 <num>:N
17944 <num>:+N
17945 <num>:-N
17946 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17947 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17948 last.
17950 first:N
17951 prev:N
17952 next:N
17953 last:N
17954 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17957 All of the messages.
17959 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17960 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17962 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17963 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17964 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17966 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17968 \(fn)" t nil)
17970 ;;;***
17972 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17973 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20355 10021))
17974 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17976 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17977 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17978 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17979 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17980 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17981 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17982 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17983 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17984 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17985 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17986 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17988 \(fn)" t nil)
17990 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17991 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17992 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17993 to its second argument TM.
17995 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17997 ;;;***
17999 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18000 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20355 10021))
18001 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18003 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18004 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18005 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18006 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18007 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18008 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18010 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18012 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18013 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18014 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18015 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18016 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18018 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18019 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18020 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18021 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18022 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18023 is modified to remove the default indication.
18025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18027 ;;;***
18029 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18030 ;;;;;; (20356 27828))
18031 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18033 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18034 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18035 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18036 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18037 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18038 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18039 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18040 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18041 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18043 \(fn)" t nil)
18045 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18046 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18047 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18048 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18049 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18050 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18051 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18052 The return value is always nil.
18054 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18056 ;;;***
18058 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18059 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18060 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20355 10021))
18061 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18062 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18064 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18065 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18067 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18068 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18069 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18070 next occurrence.
18072 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18073 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18074 end of the search space).
18076 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18077 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18078 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18079 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18080 should return the previous buffer to search.
18082 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18083 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18084 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18086 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18087 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18088 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18089 Isearch starts.")
18091 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18092 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18093 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18095 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18096 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18097 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18099 \(fn)" nil nil)
18101 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18102 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18103 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18104 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18105 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18106 whose names match the specified regexp.
18108 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18110 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18111 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18112 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18113 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18114 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18115 whose names match the specified regexp.
18117 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18119 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18120 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18121 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18122 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18123 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18124 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18125 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18127 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18129 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18130 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18131 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18132 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18133 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18134 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18135 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18137 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18139 ;;;***
18141 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18142 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
18143 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18145 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18146 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18148 \(fn)" t nil)
18150 ;;;***
18152 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18153 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
18154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18156 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18157 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18159 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18161 ;;;***
18163 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18164 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20355 10021))
18165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18167 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18168 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18170 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18172 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18173 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18174 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18175 the entire message.
18176 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18178 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18180 ;;;***
18182 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18183 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
18184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18186 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18187 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18188 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18189 the entire message.
18190 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18192 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18194 ;;;***
18196 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18197 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20355 10021))
18198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18200 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18201 Insert file contents of URL.
18202 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18204 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18206 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18207 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18209 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18211 ;;;***
18213 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18214 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20355 10021))
18215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18217 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18218 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18219 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18220 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18221 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18223 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18225 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18226 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18227 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18229 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18231 ;;;***
18233 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18234 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
18235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18237 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18238 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18240 \(fn)" nil nil)
18242 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18243 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18244 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18245 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]'.
18247 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18248 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18249 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18250 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18251 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18252 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18254 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18256 ;;;***
18258 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18259 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
18260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18262 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18265 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18267 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18270 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18272 ;;;***
18274 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18275 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18276 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20355 10021))
18277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18279 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18282 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18284 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18287 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18289 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18292 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18294 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18297 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18299 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18302 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18304 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18307 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18309 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18312 \(fn)" nil nil)
18314 ;;;***
18316 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355
18317 ;;;;;; 10021))
18318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18320 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18322 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18323 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18324 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18325 followed by the first character of the construct.
18326 \\<m2-mode-map>
18327 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18328 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18329 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18330 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18331 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18332 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18333 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18334 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18335 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18336 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18337 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18338 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18339 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18340 \\[m2-link] link
18342 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18343 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18344 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18346 \(fn)" t nil)
18348 ;;;***
18350 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18351 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20355 10021))
18352 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18354 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18355 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18357 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18359 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18360 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18362 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18364 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18365 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18367 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18369 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18370 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18372 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18374 ;;;***
18376 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18377 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20355 10021))
18378 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18380 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18381 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18383 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18384 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18385 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18387 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18388 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18389 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18391 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18392 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18394 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18395 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18396 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18397 hemisphere you're in.)
18399 To test this function, evaluate:
18400 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18402 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18404 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18405 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18407 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18408 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18410 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18411 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18412 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18414 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18415 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18417 To test this function, evaluate:
18418 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18420 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18422 ;;;***
18424 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20378 29222))
18425 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18427 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18428 Main entry point for MPC.
18430 \(fn)" t nil)
18432 ;;;***
18434 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20355 10021))
18435 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18437 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18438 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18440 \(fn)" t nil)
18442 ;;;***
18444 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20355 10021))
18445 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18447 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18448 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18449 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18451 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18452 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18454 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18456 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18457 Toggle Msb mode.
18458 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18459 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18460 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18462 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18463 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18467 ;;;***
18469 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18470 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18471 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18472 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18473 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18474 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
18475 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18477 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18478 Display a list of all character sets.
18480 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18481 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18482 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18483 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18484 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18486 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18487 but still shows the full information.
18489 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18491 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18492 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18493 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18495 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18496 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18497 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18498 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18499 meanings of these arguments.
18501 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18503 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18504 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18506 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18508 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18509 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18511 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18513 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18514 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18516 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18518 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18519 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18521 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18522 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18523 in place of `..':
18524 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18525 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18526 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18527 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18528 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18529 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18530 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18531 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18532 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18533 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18534 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18535 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18536 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18537 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18538 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18539 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18541 \(fn)" t nil)
18543 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18544 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18546 \(fn)" t nil)
18548 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18549 Display a list of all coding systems.
18550 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18552 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18553 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18557 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18558 Display a list of all coding categories.
18560 \(fn)" nil nil)
18562 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18563 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18564 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18566 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18568 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18569 Display information about FONTSET.
18570 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18572 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18574 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18575 Display a list of all fontsets.
18576 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18577 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18578 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18580 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18582 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18583 Display information about all input methods.
18585 \(fn)" t nil)
18587 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18588 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18590 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18591 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18592 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18593 system which uses fontsets).
18595 \(fn)" t nil)
18597 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18598 Show log of font listing and opening.
18599 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18600 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18602 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18604 ;;;***
18606 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18607 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18608 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18609 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18610 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18611 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20355 10021))
18612 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18614 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18615 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18616 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18618 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18620 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18622 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18623 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18625 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18626 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18628 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18629 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18631 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18633 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18634 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18635 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18636 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18637 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18638 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18639 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18641 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18642 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18643 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18644 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18645 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18646 middle of a character in STR.
18648 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18649 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18651 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18652 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18653 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18654 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18655 defaults to \"...\".
18657 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18659 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18660 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18662 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18663 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18664 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18666 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18667 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18668 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18670 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18671 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18672 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18673 are considered.
18674 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18675 longer than KEYSEQ.
18676 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18678 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18680 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18681 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18682 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18683 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18684 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18685 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18686 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18687 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18688 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18689 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18690 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18692 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18694 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18695 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18697 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18699 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18700 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18702 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18704 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18705 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18707 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18709 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18710 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18712 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18714 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18715 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18716 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18717 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18718 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18720 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18721 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18723 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18724 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18725 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18726 coding systems ordered by priority.
18728 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18730 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18731 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18732 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18733 language environment LANG-ENV.
18735 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18737 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18738 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18739 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18740 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18741 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18742 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18744 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18746 ;;;***
18748 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18749 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18750 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18751 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20355
18752 ;;;;;; 10021))
18753 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18755 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18756 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18758 \(fn)" t nil)
18760 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18761 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18763 \(fn)" t nil)
18765 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18766 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18768 \(fn)" t nil)
18770 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18771 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18773 \(fn)" t nil)
18775 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18776 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18778 \(fn)" t nil)
18780 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18781 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18783 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18785 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18786 Ping HOST.
18787 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18788 `ping-program-options'.
18790 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18792 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18793 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18795 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18797 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18798 Run nslookup program.
18800 \(fn)" t nil)
18802 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18803 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18805 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18807 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18808 Run dig program.
18810 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18812 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18813 Run ftp program.
18815 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18817 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18818 Finger USER on HOST.
18820 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18822 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18823 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18824 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18825 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18827 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18829 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18832 \(fn)" t nil)
18834 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18835 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18837 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18839 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18840 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18842 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18844 ;;;***
18846 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20355
18847 ;;;;;; 10021))
18848 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18850 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18851 Return a user name/password pair.
18852 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18853 listed in the PORTS list.
18855 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18857 ;;;***
18859 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18860 ;;;;;; (20369 14251))
18861 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18863 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18864 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18865 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18866 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18867 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18868 closes it.
18870 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18871 make it unique.
18872 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18873 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18874 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18875 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18876 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18877 a port number to connect to.
18879 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18880 values:
18882 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18883 nil or `network'
18884 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18885 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18886 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18887 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18888 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18889 an unencrypted connection.
18890 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18891 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18892 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18893 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18894 returned object is a killed process.
18895 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18896 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18897 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18899 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18900 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18901 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18902 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18903 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18904 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18905 or nil if none could be found.
18906 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18907 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18909 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18911 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18912 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18913 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18915 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18916 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18917 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18919 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18920 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18921 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18923 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18924 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18925 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18926 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18928 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18929 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18931 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18932 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18933 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18934 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18935 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18936 or STARTTLS connections.
18938 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
18939 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
18941 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18942 asynchronously, if possible.
18944 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18946 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18948 ;;;***
18950 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18951 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18952 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18953 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18954 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18955 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (20365 17199))
18956 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18958 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18960 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18962 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18964 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18966 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18967 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18968 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18969 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18970 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18971 Major modes should set this variable.")
18973 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18974 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18975 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18976 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18977 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18978 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18980 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18981 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18983 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18984 String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18985 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18987 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18988 Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18989 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18990 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18991 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18993 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18994 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything back to its body.")
18995 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18997 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18998 String to insert to end a new comment.
18999 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19000 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19002 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19003 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19004 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19005 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19006 column indentation or nil.
19007 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19009 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19010 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19011 The function has no args.
19013 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19014 comments always start in column zero.")
19016 (defconst comment-styles '((plain nil nil nil nil "Start in column 0 (do not indent), as in Emacs-20") (indent-or-triple nil nil nil multi-char "Start in column 0, but only for single-char starters") (indent nil nil nil t "Full comment per line, ends not aligned") (aligned nil t nil t "Full comment per line, ends aligned") (box nil t t t "Full comment per line, ends aligned, + top and bottom") (extra-line t nil t t "One comment for all lines, end on a line by itself") (multi-line t nil nil t "One comment for all lines, end on last commented line") (box-multi t t t t "One comment for all lines, + top and bottom")) "\
19017 Comment region style definitions.
19018 Each style is defined with a form (STYLE . (MULTI ALIGN EXTRA INDENT DOC)).
19019 DOC should succinctly describe the style.
19020 STYLE should be a mnemonic symbol.
19021 MULTI specifies that comments are allowed to span multiple lines.
19022 e.g. in C it comments regions as
19023 /* blabla
19024 * bli */
19025 rather than
19026 /* blabla */
19027 /* bli */
19028 if `comment-end' is empty, this has no effect.
19030 ALIGN specifies that the `comment-end' markers should be aligned.
19031 e.g. in C it comments regions as
19032 /* blabla */
19033 /* bli */
19034 rather than
19035 /* blabla */
19036 /* bli */
19037 if `comment-end' is empty, this has no effect, unless EXTRA is also set,
19038 in which case the comment gets wrapped in a box.
19040 EXTRA specifies that an extra line should be used before and after the
19041 region to comment (to put the `comment-end' and `comment-start').
19042 e.g. in C it comments regions as
19044 * blabla
19045 * bli
19047 rather than
19048 /* blabla
19049 * bli */
19050 if the comment style is not multi line, this has no effect, unless ALIGN
19051 is also set, in which case the comment gets wrapped in a box.
19053 INDENT specifies that the `comment-start' markers should not be put at the
19054 left margin but at the current indentation of the region to comment.
19055 If INDENT is `multi-char', that means indent multi-character
19056 comment starters, but not one-character comment starters.")
19058 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
19059 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19060 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19062 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19064 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
19065 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19066 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19067 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19069 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19070 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19072 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19074 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19075 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19076 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19077 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19078 customize this variable.
19080 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19081 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19083 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19085 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19086 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19087 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19088 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19089 the variables are properly set.
19091 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19093 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19094 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19096 \(fn)" nil nil)
19098 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19099 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19100 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19102 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19104 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19105 Set the comment column based on point.
19106 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19107 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19108 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19109 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19111 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19113 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19114 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19115 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19117 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19119 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19120 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19121 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19122 comment markers.
19124 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19126 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19127 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19128 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19129 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19130 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19132 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
19133 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
19134 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
19136 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
19137 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
19138 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
19139 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
19140 changed with `comment-style'.
19142 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19144 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19145 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19146 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19147 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19149 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19151 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19152 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19153 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19154 is passed on to the respective function.
19156 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19158 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19159 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19160 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19161 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19162 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19163 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19164 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19165 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19166 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19167 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19169 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19171 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19172 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19173 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19175 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19177 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19178 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19179 This indents the body of the continued comment
19180 under the previous comment line.
19182 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19183 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19184 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19186 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19187 or comment indentation.
19189 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19190 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19192 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19194 ;;;***
19196 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19197 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20355 10021))
19198 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19200 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19201 Check whether newsticker is running.
19202 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19203 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19205 \(fn)" nil nil)
19207 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19208 Start the newsticker.
19209 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19210 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19211 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19212 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19214 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19216 ;;;***
19218 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19219 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19220 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19222 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19223 Start newsticker plainview.
19225 \(fn)" t nil)
19227 ;;;***
19229 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19230 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19231 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19233 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19234 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19236 \(fn)" t nil)
19238 ;;;***
19240 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19241 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20355 10021))
19242 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19244 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19245 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19246 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19247 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19248 empty.
19250 \(fn)" nil nil)
19252 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19253 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19254 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19255 running already.
19257 \(fn)" t nil)
19259 ;;;***
19261 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19262 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19263 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19265 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19266 Start newsticker treeview.
19268 \(fn)" t nil)
19270 ;;;***
19272 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19273 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19276 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19277 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19279 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19281 ;;;***
19283 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20355
19284 ;;;;;; 10021))
19285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19287 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19288 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19289 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19290 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19291 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19292 symbol in the alist.
19294 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19296 ;;;***
19298 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19299 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19302 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19303 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19304 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19306 \(fn)" t nil)
19308 ;;;***
19310 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19311 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19314 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19315 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19317 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19319 ;;;***
19321 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19322 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20355 10021))
19323 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19325 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19326 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19327 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19329 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19331 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19334 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19336 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19337 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19338 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19339 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19340 to future sessions.
19342 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19344 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19345 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19346 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19347 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19348 to future sessions.
19350 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19352 ;;;***
19354 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19355 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19356 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19358 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19359 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19360 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19361 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19362 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19363 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19365 \(fn)" t nil)
19367 ;;;***
19369 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19370 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19371 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19373 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19374 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19375 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19376 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19378 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19380 ;;;***
19382 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20369
19383 ;;;;;; 14251))
19384 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19386 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19387 Major mode for editing XML.
19389 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19390 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19391 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19392 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19393 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19394 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19395 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19397 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19399 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19400 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19402 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19403 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19404 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19405 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19406 instead of C-c.
19408 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19409 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19410 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19411 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19412 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19413 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19415 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19416 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19417 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19419 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19420 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19421 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19423 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19424 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19425 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19426 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19427 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19428 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19429 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19430 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19431 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19433 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19435 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19436 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19438 \(fn)" t nil)
19440 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19442 ;;;***
19444 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19445 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20355 10021))
19446 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19448 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19449 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19450 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19451 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19453 \(fn)" t nil)
19455 ;;;***
19457 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19458 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19459 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19460 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19461 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-executables org-babel-map-call-lines org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks
19462 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
19463 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
19464 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-insert-header-arg
19465 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19466 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19467 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19468 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19469 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20355 10021))
19470 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19472 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19475 \(fn)" nil nil)
19477 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19480 \(fn)" t nil)
19482 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19483 Display information on the current source block.
19484 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19485 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19487 \(fn)" t nil)
19489 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19490 Conditionally expand a source block.
19491 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19492 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19494 \(fn)" t nil)
19496 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19497 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19498 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19499 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19501 \(fn)" t nil)
19503 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19504 Conditionally pop to a session.
19505 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19506 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19508 \(fn)" t nil)
19510 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19511 Execute the current source code block.
19512 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19513 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19514 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19516 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if an existing
19517 result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been returned.
19519 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19520 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19522 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19523 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19524 block.
19526 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19528 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19529 Expand the current source code block.
19530 Expand according to the source code block's header
19531 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19533 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19535 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19536 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19538 \(fn)" t nil)
19540 (autoload 'org-babel-insert-header-arg "ob" "\
19541 Insert a header argument selecting from lists of common args and values.
19543 \(fn)" t nil)
19545 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19546 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19547 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19548 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19549 session.
19551 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19553 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19554 Initiate session for current code block.
19555 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19556 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19557 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19559 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19561 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19562 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19563 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19564 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19565 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19567 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19569 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19570 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19572 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19574 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19575 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19576 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19577 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19578 results already exist.
19580 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19582 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19583 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19584 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19585 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19586 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19588 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19589 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19590 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19591 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19592 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19593 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19594 switches --------- string holding the switches
19595 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19596 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19597 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19598 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19599 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19600 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19601 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19602 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19604 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19606 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19608 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19609 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19610 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19611 buffer.
19613 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19615 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19617 (autoload 'org-babel-map-call-lines "ob" "\
19618 Evaluate BODY forms on each call line in FILE.
19619 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19620 buffer.
19622 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19624 (put 'org-babel-map-call-lines 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19626 (autoload 'org-babel-map-executables "ob" "\
19629 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19631 (put 'org-babel-map-executables 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19633 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19634 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19635 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19636 the current buffer.
19638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19640 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19641 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19642 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19643 the current subtree.
19645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19647 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19648 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19650 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19652 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19653 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19655 \(fn)" t nil)
19657 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19658 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19660 \(fn)" t nil)
19662 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19663 Go to a named source-code block.
19665 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19667 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19668 Go to a named result.
19670 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19672 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19673 Jump to the next source block.
19674 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19678 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19679 Jump to the previous source block.
19680 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19684 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19685 Mark current src block
19687 \(fn)" t nil)
19689 ;;;***
19691 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19692 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19693 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19695 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19696 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19698 \(fn)" t nil)
19700 ;;;***
19702 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19703 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20355 10021))
19704 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19706 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19707 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19708 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19710 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19712 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19713 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19714 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19715 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19717 \(fn)" t nil)
19719 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19720 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19722 \(fn)" nil nil)
19724 ;;;***
19726 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19727 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19728 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19729 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19731 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19732 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19733 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19734 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19735 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19736 then the name of the language is used.")
19738 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19740 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19741 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19742 This function exports the source code using
19743 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19744 `load-file'.
19746 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19748 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19749 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19750 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19751 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19752 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19753 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19755 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19757 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19758 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19759 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19760 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19761 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19762 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19763 exported source code blocks by language.
19765 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19767 ;;;***
19769 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19770 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19773 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19774 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19775 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19777 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19779 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19780 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19782 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19783 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19784 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19788 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19790 ;;;***
19792 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19793 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
19794 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19796 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19797 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19799 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19800 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19801 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19802 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19804 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19805 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19806 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19807 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19808 is why you need this mode!).
19810 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19811 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19812 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19814 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19816 Keybindings
19817 ===========
19819 \\{octave-mode-map}
19821 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19822 ==============================================
19824 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19825 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19826 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19828 `octave-block-offset'
19829 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19830 Default is 2.
19832 `octave-continuation-offset'
19833 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19834 Default is 4.
19836 `octave-continuation-string'
19837 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19838 Default is a backslash.
19840 `octave-send-echo-input'
19841 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19842 command to the inferior Octave process.
19844 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19845 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19846 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19848 `octave-send-echo-input'
19849 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19851 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19853 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19854 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19856 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19858 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19859 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19861 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19862 (lambda ()
19863 (abbrev-mode 1)
19864 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19866 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19867 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19868 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19869 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19871 \(fn)" t nil)
19873 ;;;***
19875 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19876 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19877 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19878 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19879 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19880 ;;;;;; org-mode org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19881 ;;;;;; (20378 29222))
19882 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19884 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19885 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19887 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19889 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19890 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19891 With prefix arg HERE, insert it at point.
19893 \(fn &optional HERE)" t nil)
19895 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19896 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19897 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19899 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19900 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19901 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19902 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19903 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19904 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19905 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19906 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19907 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19908 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19910 The following commands are available:
19912 \\{org-mode-map}
19914 \(fn)" t nil)
19916 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19918 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19919 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19920 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19921 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19925 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19926 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19927 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19928 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19929 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19930 defined by Org-mode).
19932 M-up Move entry/item up
19933 M-down Move entry/item down
19934 M-left Promote
19935 M-right Demote
19936 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19937 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19938 M-S-left Promote subtree
19939 M-S-right Demote subtree
19940 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19941 C-c ^ Sort entries
19942 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19943 TAB Cycle item visibility
19944 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19945 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19946 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19950 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19951 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19953 \(fn)" nil nil)
19955 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19956 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19958 \(fn)" nil nil)
19960 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19961 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19962 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19963 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19964 call CMD.
19966 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19968 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19969 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19970 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19971 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19973 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19974 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19975 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19977 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19979 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19980 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19981 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19983 \(fn)" t nil)
19985 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19986 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19987 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19988 Org-mode syntax.
19990 \(fn)" t nil)
19992 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19993 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19995 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19997 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19998 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
20000 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
20001 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
20002 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
20003 returned as a list.
20005 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
20006 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
20007 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
20008 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
20009 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
20010 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
20011 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
20012 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
20013 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
20014 position.
20016 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
20017 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
20018 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
20019 visited by the iteration.
20021 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
20023 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
20024 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
20025 region The entries within the active region, if any
20026 region-start-level
20027 The entries within the active region, but only those at
20028 the same level than the first one.
20029 file The current buffer, without restriction
20030 file-with-archives
20031 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
20032 agenda All agenda files
20033 agenda-with-archives
20034 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
20035 \(file1 file2 ...)
20036 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
20038 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
20039 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
20041 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
20042 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
20043 function or Emacs Lisp form:
20044 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
20045 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
20046 entry and search will continue from the point where the
20047 function leaves it.
20049 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
20050 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
20051 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
20052 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
20053 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
20054 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
20055 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
20056 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
20058 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
20060 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
20061 Switch between Org buffers.
20062 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
20063 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
20065 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
20066 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
20068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20070 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
20072 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
20074 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
20075 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
20076 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
20077 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
20079 \(fn)" t nil)
20081 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
20082 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
20084 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20086 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20087 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20088 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20090 \(fn)" t nil)
20092 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
20095 \(fn)" t nil)
20097 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20098 Reload all org lisp files.
20099 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20101 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20103 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20104 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20106 \(fn)" t nil)
20108 ;;;***
20110 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
20111 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
20112 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
20113 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
20114 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20378 29222))
20115 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20117 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20118 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20119 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20120 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20122 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20123 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20124 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20125 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20126 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20127 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20128 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20129 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20130 e Export views to associated files.
20131 s Search entries for keywords.
20132 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20133 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20134 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20135 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20136 > Remove a previous restriction.
20137 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20138 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20139 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20141 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20142 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20143 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20145 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20146 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20147 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20148 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20149 \(if active).
20151 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20153 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20154 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20155 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20156 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20157 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20158 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20159 before running the agenda command.
20161 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20163 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20164 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20165 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20166 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20167 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20168 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20169 before running the agenda command.
20171 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20172 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20174 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20176 category The category of the item
20177 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20178 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20179 todo selected in TODO match
20180 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20181 diary imported from diary
20182 deadline a deadline on given date
20183 scheduled scheduled on given date
20184 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20185 closed entry was closed on given date
20186 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20187 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20188 block entry has date block including g. date
20189 todo The todo keyword, if any
20190 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20191 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20192 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20193 extra Sting with extra planning info
20194 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20195 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20196 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20198 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20200 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20203 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20205 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20206 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20208 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20210 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20211 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20212 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20213 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20215 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20216 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20217 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20219 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20220 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20222 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
20224 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20225 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20227 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20228 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20229 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20230 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20231 EDIT-AT.
20233 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20234 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20235 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20236 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20237 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20238 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20240 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20241 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20242 including newlines.
20244 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20245 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20246 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20247 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20248 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20249 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20250 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20252 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20253 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20254 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20255 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20257 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20258 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20259 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20260 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20261 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20262 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20263 Boolean search must match as full words.
20265 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20266 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20268 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20270 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20271 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20272 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20273 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20274 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20275 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20277 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20279 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20280 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20281 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20283 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20285 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20286 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20287 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20288 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20289 `org-stuck-projects'.
20291 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20293 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20294 Return diary information from org-files.
20295 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20296 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20297 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20298 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20299 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20301 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20303 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20305 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20306 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20308 &%%(org-diary)
20310 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20311 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20312 So the example above may also be written as
20314 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20316 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20317 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20318 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20320 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20322 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20323 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20325 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20327 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20328 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20329 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20331 \(fn)" t nil)
20333 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20334 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20335 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20336 appointments.
20338 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20339 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20341 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20342 for filtering entries out.
20344 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20345 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20346 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20348 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20349 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20351 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20352 (category \"Work\"))
20354 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20355 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20357 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20358 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20359 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20360 details and examples.
20362 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20364 ;;;***
20366 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20367 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20368 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
20369 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20371 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20372 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20373 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20375 \(fn)" t nil)
20377 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20378 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20379 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20381 \(fn)" t nil)
20383 ;;;***
20385 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20386 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20387 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20388 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20355
20389 ;;;;;; 10021))
20390 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20392 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20393 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20395 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20397 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20398 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20400 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20402 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20403 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20405 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20407 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20408 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20410 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20412 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20413 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20414 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20416 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20418 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20419 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20420 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20421 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20422 command to convert it.
20424 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20426 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20427 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20428 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20429 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20430 cut-and-paste operations.
20431 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20432 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20433 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20434 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20436 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20438 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20439 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20441 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20443 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20444 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20445 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20446 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20447 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20448 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20449 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20450 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20451 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20452 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20453 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20454 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20455 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20456 publishing directory.
20458 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20460 ;;;***
20462 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20355
20463 ;;;;;; 10021))
20464 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20466 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20467 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20468 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20470 \(fn)" t nil)
20472 ;;;***
20474 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20475 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
20476 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20478 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20479 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20481 \(fn)" nil nil)
20483 ;;;***
20485 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20486 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20355 10021))
20487 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20489 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20490 Capture something.
20491 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20492 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20493 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20494 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20495 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20496 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20498 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20499 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20500 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20501 stored.
20503 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20505 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20506 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20507 bypassed.
20509 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20511 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20514 \(fn)" nil nil)
20516 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20517 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20519 \(fn)" t nil)
20521 ;;;***
20523 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20524 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20378 29222))
20525 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20527 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20528 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20529 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20530 fontified, and then returned.
20532 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20534 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20535 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20537 \(fn)" nil nil)
20539 ;;;***
20541 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20542 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20355 10021))
20543 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20545 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20546 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20547 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20548 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20549 tree can be found.
20551 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20553 ;;;***
20555 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20556 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20557 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20558 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20355 10021))
20559 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20561 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20562 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20563 This function can be used in batch processing.
20565 For example:
20567 $ emacs --batch
20568 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20569 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20571 \(fn)" nil nil)
20573 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20574 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20575 No file is created.
20577 \(fn)" t nil)
20579 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20580 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20581 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20582 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20583 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20584 then use this command to convert it.
20586 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20588 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20589 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20590 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20591 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20592 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20593 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20594 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20595 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20596 could call this function in the following way:
20598 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20600 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20601 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20603 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20605 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20606 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20608 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20610 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20611 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20613 \(fn)" t nil)
20615 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20616 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20617 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20618 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20619 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20620 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20621 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20622 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20623 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20624 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20625 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20626 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20627 publishing directory.
20629 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20631 ;;;***
20633 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20634 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20635 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
20636 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20638 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20639 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20640 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20641 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20642 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20644 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20645 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20646 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20648 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20649 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20650 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20654 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20655 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20656 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20657 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20658 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20659 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20660 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20661 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20662 command.
20664 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20666 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20667 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20668 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20669 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20670 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20672 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20673 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20674 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20675 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20677 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20678 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20679 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20681 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20682 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20683 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20684 directory.
20686 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20688 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20689 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20691 \(fn)" t nil)
20693 ;;;***
20695 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20696 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20355
20697 ;;;;;; 10021))
20698 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20700 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20701 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20703 \(fn)" t nil)
20705 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20706 Get inbox items from FEED.
20707 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20708 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20710 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20712 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20713 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20715 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20717 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20718 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20720 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20722 ;;;***
20724 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20725 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20378 29222))
20726 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20728 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20729 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20731 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20733 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20734 to create them otherwise.
20736 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20737 interactively.
20739 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20741 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20743 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20744 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20746 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20747 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20748 Org-mode exporters.
20750 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20751 referenced sequence.
20753 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20754 export properties of the buffer.
20756 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20757 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing
20758 buffer. Some exporters (docbook, odt...) expect footnote
20759 definitions to be available before any references to them. Such
20760 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor'
20761 to symbol `point-min' to achieve the desired behaviour.
20763 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20764 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20765 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20766 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20767 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20769 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20771 ;;;***
20773 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20774 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20775 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20776 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20355 10021))
20777 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20779 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20780 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20781 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20782 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20783 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20784 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20785 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20786 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20787 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20788 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20789 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20790 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20791 directory.
20793 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20795 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20797 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20798 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20800 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20802 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20803 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20804 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20806 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20808 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20809 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20810 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20811 have them in `org-mode'.
20813 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20814 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20815 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20816 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20817 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20818 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20820 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20822 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20823 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20825 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20827 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20828 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20830 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20832 ;;;***
20834 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20835 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20836 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20837 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20355 10021))
20838 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20840 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20842 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20844 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20846 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20847 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20848 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20849 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20850 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20852 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20854 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20855 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20856 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20857 emacs --batch
20858 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20859 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20860 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20862 \(fn)" nil nil)
20864 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20865 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20866 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20868 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20870 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20871 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20872 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20873 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20874 command to convert it.
20876 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20878 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20879 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20880 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20881 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20882 cut-and-paste operations.
20883 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20884 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20885 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20886 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20888 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20890 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20891 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20893 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20895 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20896 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20897 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20898 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20899 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20900 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20901 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20902 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20903 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20904 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20905 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20906 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20907 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20908 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20909 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20911 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20913 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20914 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20915 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20916 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20917 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20918 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20919 need into your CSS file.
20921 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20922 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20923 that uses these same face definitions.
20925 \(fn)" t nil)
20927 ;;;***
20929 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20930 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20931 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
20932 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20934 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20935 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20936 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20937 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20939 \(fn)" t nil)
20941 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20942 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20943 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20944 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20946 \(fn)" t nil)
20948 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20949 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20950 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20952 \(fn)" t nil)
20954 ;;;***
20956 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20957 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20958 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20959 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
20960 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20962 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20963 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20964 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20965 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20967 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20969 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20970 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20971 Create an ID if necessary.
20973 \(fn)" t nil)
20975 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20976 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20977 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20978 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20979 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20980 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20981 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20983 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20985 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20986 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20987 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20988 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20989 eligible.
20990 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20992 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20994 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20995 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20996 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20997 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20999 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
21001 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
21002 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
21003 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
21005 \(fn ID)" t nil)
21007 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
21008 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
21009 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
21010 if there is no entry with that ID.
21011 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
21013 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
21015 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
21016 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
21018 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
21020 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
21021 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
21023 \(fn)" t nil)
21025 ;;;***
21027 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
21028 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21029 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
21031 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
21032 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
21034 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' and `wrap-prefix'
21035 properties, after each buffer modification, on the modified zone.
21037 The process is synchronous. Though, initial indentation of
21038 buffer, which can take a few seconds on large buffers, is done
21039 during idle time.
21041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21043 ;;;***
21045 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
21046 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21047 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
21049 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
21050 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
21052 \(fn)" nil nil)
21054 ;;;***
21056 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
21057 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
21058 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
21059 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21060 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
21062 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
21063 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
21064 For example:
21066 emacs --batch
21067 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21068 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21069 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
21071 \(fn)" nil nil)
21073 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
21074 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
21075 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
21077 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21079 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
21080 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
21081 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
21082 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
21083 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
21084 then use this command to convert it.
21086 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21088 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21089 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
21090 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21091 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21092 cut-and-paste operations.
21093 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21094 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21095 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
21096 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21098 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
21100 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21101 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21103 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
21105 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21106 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
21107 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21108 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21109 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
21110 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
21111 convert them as description lists.
21112 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21113 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
21114 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
21115 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
21116 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
21117 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
21118 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
21119 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
21120 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
21121 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
21122 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21124 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21126 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
21127 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
21129 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21131 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
21132 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
21134 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21136 ;;;***
21138 ;;;### (autoloads (org-lparse-region org-replace-region-by org-lparse-to-buffer
21139 ;;;;;; org-lparse-batch org-lparse-and-open) "org-lparse" "org/org-lparse.el"
21140 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21141 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lparse.el
21143 (autoload 'org-lparse-and-open "org-lparse" "\
21144 Export outline to TARGET-BACKEND via NATIVE-BACKEND and open exported file.
21145 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21146 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21147 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21148 lists.
21150 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND NATIVE-BACKEND ARG &optional FILE-OR-BUF)" nil nil)
21152 (autoload 'org-lparse-batch "org-lparse" "\
21153 Call the function `org-lparse'.
21154 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21155 emacs --batch
21156 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21157 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21158 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-lparse-batch
21160 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND &optional NATIVE-BACKEND)" nil nil)
21162 (autoload 'org-lparse-to-buffer "org-lparse" "\
21163 Call `org-lparse' with output to a temporary buffer.
21164 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to
21165 `org-lparse'.
21167 \(fn BACKEND ARG)" nil nil)
21169 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by "org-lparse" "\
21170 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
21171 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
21172 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use
21173 this command to convert it.
21175 \(fn BACKEND BEG END)" nil nil)
21177 (autoload 'org-lparse-region "org-lparse" "\
21178 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
21179 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21180 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21181 cut-and-paste operations.
21182 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21183 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21184 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
21185 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21187 (setq html (org-lparse-region \"html\" beg end t 'string))
21189 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21190 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21192 \(fn BACKEND BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" nil nil)
21194 ;;;***
21196 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
21197 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20355
21198 ;;;;;; 10021))
21199 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
21201 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
21202 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
21203 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
21204 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
21206 \(fn)" t nil)
21208 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
21209 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
21210 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
21211 agenda view showing the flagged items.
21213 \(fn)" t nil)
21215 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
21216 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
21218 \(fn)" t nil)
21220 ;;;***
21222 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-odf-and-open org-export-as-odf org-export-odt-convert
21223 ;;;;;; org-export-as-odt org-export-as-odt-batch org-export-as-odt-and-open)
21224 ;;;;;; "org-odt" "org/org-odt.el" (20378 29222))
21225 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-odt.el
21227 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-and-open "org-odt" "\
21228 Export the outline as ODT and immediately open it with a browser.
21229 If there is an active region, export only the region.
21230 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21231 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
21233 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21235 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-batch "org-odt" "\
21236 Call the function `org-lparse-batch'.
21237 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21238 emacs --batch
21239 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21240 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21241 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-odt-batch
21243 \(fn)" nil nil)
21245 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt "org-odt" "\
21246 Export the outline as a OpenDocumentText file.
21247 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21248 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21249 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21250 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21251 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
21252 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
21253 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
21254 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
21255 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
21256 resulting XML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
21257 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
21258 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
21259 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21261 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21263 (autoload 'org-export-odt-convert "org-odt" "\
21264 Convert IN-FILE to format OUT-FMT using a command line converter.
21265 IN-FILE is the file to be converted. If unspecified, it defaults
21266 to variable `buffer-file-name'. OUT-FMT is the desired output
21267 format. Use `org-export-odt-convert-process' as the converter.
21268 If PREFIX-ARG is non-nil then the newly converted file is opened
21269 using `org-open-file'.
21271 \(fn &optional IN-FILE OUT-FMT PREFIX-ARG)" t nil)
21273 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf "org-odt" "\
21274 Export LATEX-FRAG as OpenDocument formula file ODF-FILE.
21275 Use `org-create-math-formula' to convert LATEX-FRAG first to
21276 MathML. When invoked as an interactive command, use
21277 `org-latex-regexps' to infer LATEX-FRAG from currently active
21278 region. If no LaTeX fragments are found, prompt for it. Push
21279 MathML source to kill ring, if `org-export-copy-to-kill-ring' is
21280 non-nil.
21282 \(fn LATEX-FRAG &optional ODF-FILE)" t nil)
21284 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf-and-open "org-odt" "\
21285 Export LaTeX fragment as OpenDocument formula and immediately open it.
21286 Use `org-export-as-odf' to read LaTeX fragment and OpenDocument
21287 formula file.
21289 \(fn)" t nil)
21291 ;;;***
21293 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
21294 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21295 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
21297 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
21298 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
21299 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
21300 line directly before or after the table.
21302 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
21304 ;;;***
21306 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
21307 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
21308 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21309 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
21311 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
21313 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
21314 Publish PROJECT.
21316 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21318 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
21319 Publish all projects.
21320 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
21321 directory and force publishing all files.
21323 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21325 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
21326 Publish the current file.
21327 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
21329 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21331 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
21332 Publish the project associated with the current file.
21333 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
21334 the project.
21336 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21338 ;;;***
21340 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
21341 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
21342 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20355 10021))
21343 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
21345 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
21346 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
21348 \(fn)" nil nil)
21350 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
21351 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
21352 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
21353 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
21354 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
21356 \(fn)" nil nil)
21358 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
21359 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
21360 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
21361 to be run from that hook to function properly.
21363 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
21365 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
21366 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
21367 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
21368 of the remember buffer.
21370 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
21371 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
21372 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
21373 note stored by remember.
21375 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
21376 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
21378 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
21380 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
21381 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
21382 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
21383 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
21384 `org-remember-default-headline'.
21385 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
21386 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
21387 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
21388 process is used to select the target location.
21390 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21391 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
21393 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21394 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
21395 currently running.
21397 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
21398 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
21399 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
21400 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
21402 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
21403 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
21404 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
21405 some additional data.
21407 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
21408 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
21409 \(i.e. after the stars).
21411 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
21413 \(fn)" nil nil)
21415 ;;;***
21417 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
21418 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (20378 29222))
21419 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
21421 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
21422 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
21424 \(fn)" nil nil)
21426 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
21427 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
21429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21431 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
21432 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
21433 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
21434 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
21435 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21437 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21439 ;;;***
21441 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21442 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20355 10021))
21443 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21445 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21446 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21447 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21448 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21449 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
21450 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21451 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21452 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21453 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
21454 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
21455 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21456 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21458 \(fn)" t nil)
21460 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21461 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21462 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21464 \(fn)" t nil)
21466 ;;;***
21468 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21469 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
21470 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21471 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21473 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21474 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21475 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21476 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21477 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21478 without user interaction.
21479 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21480 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
21481 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21482 the region 0:00:00.
21484 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21486 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21487 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21488 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
21489 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21490 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21491 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21492 that was not started at the correct moment.
21494 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21495 it in the buffer.
21497 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21499 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21500 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21502 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21504 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21505 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21509 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21510 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21512 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21513 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21514 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21516 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21517 the duration of the timer.
21519 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21520 without prompting the user for a duration.
21522 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21523 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21524 replace any running timer.
21526 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21528 ;;;***
21530 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21531 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21532 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21534 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21535 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21536 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21538 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21540 ;;;***
21542 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21543 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21544 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21545 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21546 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21548 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21549 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21550 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21551 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21553 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21554 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21555 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21556 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21558 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21559 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21560 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21561 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21562 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21563 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21565 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21566 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21567 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21569 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21570 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21571 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21572 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21573 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21574 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21575 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21576 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21577 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21578 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21579 The subheadings remain visible.
21580 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21582 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21583 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21584 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21586 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21587 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21589 \(fn)" t nil)
21591 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21592 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21593 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
21594 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21595 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21597 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21600 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21602 ;;;***
21604 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21605 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
21606 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21607 ;;;;;; (20369 14251))
21608 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21610 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21611 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21612 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21613 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21614 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21616 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21617 activate the package system at any time.")
21619 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21621 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21622 Install the package named NAME.
21623 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21624 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21626 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21628 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21629 Install a package from the current buffer.
21630 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21631 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21632 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21634 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21635 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21636 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21638 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21640 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21641 Install a package from a file.
21642 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21644 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
21646 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
21647 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
21648 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
21649 makes them available for download.
21651 \(fn)" t nil)
21653 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21654 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21655 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21656 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21658 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21660 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21661 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21663 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21665 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21666 Display a list of packages.
21667 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21668 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21669 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21671 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21673 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21675 ;;;***
21677 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20355 10021))
21678 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21680 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21681 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21682 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21685 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21687 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21689 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21690 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
21691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
21692 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21693 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21695 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
21696 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
21697 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21701 ;;;***
21703 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21704 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21705 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21706 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21708 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21709 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21710 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21711 unknown are returned as nil.
21713 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21715 ;;;***
21717 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20378
21718 ;;;;;; 29222))
21719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21721 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21722 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21723 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21725 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21726 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21728 Other useful functions are:
21730 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21731 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21732 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21733 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21734 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21735 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21736 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21737 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21738 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21740 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21742 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21743 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21744 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21745 Indentation for case statements.
21746 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21747 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21748 mark after an end.
21749 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21750 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21751 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21752 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21753 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21754 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21755 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21756 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21757 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21758 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21760 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21761 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21763 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21764 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21766 \(fn)" t nil)
21768 ;;;***
21770 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21771 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20355 10021))
21772 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21774 (defvar password-cache t "\
21775 Whether to cache passwords.")
21777 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21779 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21780 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21781 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21783 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21785 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21786 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21788 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21790 ;;;***
21792 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21793 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
21794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21796 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21797 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21798 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21800 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21801 _ matches anything.
21802 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21803 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21804 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21805 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21806 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21807 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21808 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21809 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21810 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21812 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21813 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21814 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21815 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21816 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21817 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21819 PRED can take the form
21820 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21821 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21822 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21823 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21824 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21825 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21826 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21828 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21830 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21832 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21833 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21834 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21835 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21837 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21839 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21841 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21842 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21843 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21844 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21846 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21848 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21850 ;;;***
21852 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20355
21853 ;;;;;; 10021))
21854 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21856 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21857 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21859 \(fn)" nil nil)
21861 ;;;***
21863 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21864 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20355 10021))
21865 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21867 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21868 Completion for `gzip'.
21870 \(fn)" nil nil)
21872 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21873 Completion for `bzip2'.
21875 \(fn)" nil nil)
21877 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21878 Completion for GNU `make'.
21880 \(fn)" nil nil)
21882 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21883 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21885 \(fn)" nil nil)
21887 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21889 ;;;***
21891 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21892 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20355 10021))
21893 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21895 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21896 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21898 \(fn)" nil nil)
21900 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21901 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21903 \(fn)" nil nil)
21905 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21906 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21908 \(fn)" nil nil)
21910 ;;;***
21912 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20361
21913 ;;;;;; 20134))
21914 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21916 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21917 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21919 \(fn)" nil nil)
21921 ;;;***
21923 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21924 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21925 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20376 40834))
21926 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21928 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21929 Completion for `cd'.
21931 \(fn)" nil nil)
21933 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21935 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21936 Completion for `rmdir'.
21938 \(fn)" nil nil)
21940 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21941 Completion for `rm'.
21943 \(fn)" nil nil)
21945 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21946 Completion for `xargs'.
21948 \(fn)" nil nil)
21950 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21952 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21953 Completion for `which'.
21955 \(fn)" nil nil)
21957 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21958 Completion for the `chown' command.
21960 \(fn)" nil nil)
21962 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21963 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21965 \(fn)" nil nil)
21967 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21968 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21970 \(fn)" nil nil)
21972 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21973 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21974 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21976 \(fn)" nil nil)
21978 ;;;***
21980 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21981 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21982 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20376
21983 ;;;;;; 40834))
21984 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21986 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21987 Support extensible programmable completion.
21988 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21989 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21991 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21993 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21994 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21996 \(fn)" t nil)
21998 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21999 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22000 This will modify the current buffer.
22002 \(fn)" t nil)
22004 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
22005 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
22007 \(fn)" t nil)
22009 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
22010 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22011 This will modify the current buffer.
22013 \(fn)" t nil)
22015 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
22016 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
22018 \(fn)" t nil)
22020 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
22021 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
22023 \(fn)" t nil)
22025 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
22026 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
22027 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
22028 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
22029 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
22031 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
22033 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
22034 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
22036 \(fn)" nil nil)
22038 ;;;***
22040 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
22041 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
22042 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20364 45187))
22043 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
22045 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
22046 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
22047 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
22048 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22050 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
22052 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
22054 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
22055 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
22056 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22057 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22058 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22059 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22060 FLAGS is ignored.
22062 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
22064 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
22065 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
22066 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
22067 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22068 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22069 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22070 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22071 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22073 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22075 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
22076 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22077 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22078 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22079 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22080 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22081 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
22082 passed to cvs.
22084 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
22086 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
22087 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22088 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22089 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22090 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22091 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22092 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22094 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22096 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
22097 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
22098 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
22100 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
22102 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
22103 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
22104 A value of nil means never do it.
22105 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
22106 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
22107 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
22109 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
22111 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
22112 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
22113 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
22115 ;;;***
22117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20355 10021))
22118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
22120 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
22121 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
22123 ;;;***
22125 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
22126 ;;;;;; (20365 17199))
22127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
22128 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22129 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22130 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22131 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22132 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22133 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22135 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
22136 Major mode for editing Perl code.
22137 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
22138 Tab indents for Perl code.
22139 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
22140 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22141 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22142 \\{perl-mode-map}
22143 Variables controlling indentation style:
22144 `perl-tab-always-indent'
22145 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
22146 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22147 `perl-tab-to-comment'
22148 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
22149 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
22150 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
22151 `perl-nochange'
22152 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
22153 `perl-indent-level'
22154 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
22155 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
22156 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
22157 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
22158 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
22159 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
22160 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
22161 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
22162 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
22163 `perl-brace-offset'
22164 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
22165 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
22166 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
22167 this far to the right of the start of its line.
22168 `perl-label-offset'
22169 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
22170 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
22171 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
22173 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
22174 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
22175 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
22176 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
22177 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
22178 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
22179 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
22181 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
22183 \(fn)" t nil)
22185 ;;;***
22187 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
22188 ;;;;;; (20373 11301))
22189 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
22191 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
22192 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
22193 \\<picture-mode-map>
22194 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
22195 afterwards settable by these commands:
22197 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
22198 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
22199 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
22200 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
22202 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
22203 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
22204 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
22205 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
22207 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
22208 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
22209 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
22210 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
22212 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
22213 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
22214 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
22215 with these commands:
22217 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
22218 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
22219 Move to column following last
22220 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
22221 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
22222 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
22223 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
22224 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
22225 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
22227 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
22229 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
22230 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
22231 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
22232 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
22233 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
22234 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
22236 You can manipulate text with these commands:
22237 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
22238 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
22239 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
22240 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
22241 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
22242 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
22244 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
22245 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
22246 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
22247 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
22248 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
22249 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
22250 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
22251 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
22253 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
22254 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
22255 by supplying an argument.
22257 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
22259 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
22260 they are not by default assigned to keys.
22262 \(fn)" t nil)
22264 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
22266 ;;;***
22268 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
22269 ;;;;;; (20378 29222))
22270 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
22272 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
22273 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
22275 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22277 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
22278 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
22280 \(fn)" t nil)
22282 ;;;***
22284 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
22285 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
22286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
22288 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
22289 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
22290 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
22292 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
22294 ;;;***
22296 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20355 10021))
22297 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
22299 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
22300 Play pong and waste time.
22301 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
22302 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
22304 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
22306 \\{pong-mode-map}
22308 \(fn)" t nil)
22310 ;;;***
22312 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20355 10021))
22313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
22315 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
22316 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
22317 Use streaming commands.
22319 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22321 ;;;***
22323 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
22324 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
22325 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
22326 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
22328 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
22329 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
22330 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
22331 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
22333 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
22335 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
22336 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
22338 \(fn)" nil nil)
22340 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
22341 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
22342 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
22343 can handle, whenever this is possible.
22344 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
22346 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
22348 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
22349 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22350 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
22352 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22354 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
22355 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22357 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22359 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
22360 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
22361 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22362 Ignores leading comment characters.
22364 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22366 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
22367 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
22368 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22369 Ignores leading comment characters.
22371 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22373 ;;;***
22375 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
22376 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
22377 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
22378 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
22379 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
22380 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
22381 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
22382 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
22383 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
22384 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
22385 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
22386 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
22387 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
22388 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
22389 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
22390 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
22391 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
22392 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
22393 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
22394 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
22396 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
22397 Activate the printing interface buffer.
22399 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
22401 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
22403 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22405 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
22406 Preview directory using ghostview.
22408 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22409 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22410 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22411 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22413 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22414 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22415 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22416 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22417 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22418 file name.
22420 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22422 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22424 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22425 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
22427 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22428 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22429 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22430 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22432 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22433 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22434 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22435 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22436 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22437 file name.
22439 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22441 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22443 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22444 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22446 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22447 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22448 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22449 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22451 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22452 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22453 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22454 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22455 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22456 file name.
22458 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22460 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22462 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22463 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22465 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22467 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22468 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22469 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22470 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22472 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22473 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22474 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22475 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22476 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22477 file name.
22479 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22481 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22483 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22484 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22486 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22487 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22488 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22490 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22491 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22492 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22493 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22495 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22497 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22498 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22500 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22501 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22502 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22504 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22505 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22506 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22507 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22509 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22511 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22512 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22514 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22515 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22516 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22518 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22519 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22520 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22521 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22523 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22525 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22526 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22528 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22530 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22531 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22532 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22534 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22535 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22536 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22537 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22539 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22541 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22542 Preview region using ghostview.
22544 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22546 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22548 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22549 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22551 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22553 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22555 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22556 Print region using PostScript printer.
22558 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22560 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22562 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22563 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22565 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22567 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22569 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22570 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22572 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22574 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22576 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22577 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22579 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22581 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22583 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22584 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22586 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22588 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22590 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22591 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22593 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22595 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22597 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22598 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22599 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22600 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22602 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22603 matching.
22605 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22606 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22608 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22610 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22612 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22613 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22614 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22615 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22617 \(fn)" t nil)
22619 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22620 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22621 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22622 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22624 \(fn)" t nil)
22626 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22627 Print directory using text printer.
22629 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22630 matching.
22632 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22633 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22635 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22637 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22639 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22640 Print buffer using text printer.
22642 \(fn)" t nil)
22644 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22645 Print region using text printer.
22647 \(fn)" t nil)
22649 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22650 Print major mode using text printer.
22652 \(fn)" t nil)
22654 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22655 Preview spooled PostScript.
22657 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22658 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22659 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22661 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22662 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22663 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22665 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22667 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22668 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22670 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22671 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22672 instead of sending it to the printer.
22674 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22675 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22676 image in a file with that name.
22678 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22680 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22681 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22683 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22684 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22685 instead of sending it to the printer.
22687 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22688 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22689 image in a file with that name.
22691 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22693 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22694 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22696 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22697 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22698 instead of sending it to the printer.
22700 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22701 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22702 image in a file with that name.
22704 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22706 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22707 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22709 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22711 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22712 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22714 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22716 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22717 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22719 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22721 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22722 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22724 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22726 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22727 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22729 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22731 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22732 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22734 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22735 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22736 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22737 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22739 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22740 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22741 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22742 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22743 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22744 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22745 file name.
22747 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22749 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22750 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22752 \(fn)" t nil)
22754 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22755 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22757 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22758 right.
22759 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22760 bottom.
22762 \(fn)" t nil)
22764 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22765 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22767 \(fn)" t nil)
22769 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22770 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22772 \(fn)" t nil)
22774 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22775 Toggle printing with faces.
22777 \(fn)" t nil)
22779 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22780 Toggle spooling.
22782 \(fn)" t nil)
22784 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22785 Toggle duplex.
22787 \(fn)" t nil)
22789 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22790 Toggle tumble.
22792 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22793 right.
22794 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22795 bottom.
22797 \(fn)" t nil)
22799 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22800 Toggle landscape.
22802 \(fn)" t nil)
22804 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22805 Toggle upside-down.
22807 \(fn)" t nil)
22809 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22810 Toggle line number.
22812 \(fn)" t nil)
22814 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22815 Toggle zebra stripes.
22817 \(fn)" t nil)
22819 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22820 Toggle printing header.
22822 \(fn)" t nil)
22824 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22825 Toggle printing header frame.
22827 \(fn)" t nil)
22829 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22830 Toggle menu lock.
22832 \(fn)" t nil)
22834 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22835 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22837 \(fn)" t nil)
22839 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22840 Toggle auto mode.
22842 \(fn)" t nil)
22844 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22845 Customization of the `printing' group.
22847 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22849 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22850 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22852 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22854 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22855 Help for the printing package.
22857 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22859 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22860 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22862 \(fn)" t nil)
22864 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22865 Interactively select a text printer.
22867 \(fn)" t nil)
22869 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22870 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22872 \(fn)" t nil)
22874 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22875 Show current ps-print settings.
22877 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22879 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22880 Show current printing settings.
22882 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22884 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22885 Show current lpr settings.
22887 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22889 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22890 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22892 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22893 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22894 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22895 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22898 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22900 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22901 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22902 immediately be done using the current active printer.
22904 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22905 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22906 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22907 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
22908 current active printer.
22910 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22911 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22912 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22913 printer.
22915 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22916 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22917 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22918 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22919 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22922 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22923 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22925 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22927 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22928 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
22929 be done using the new current active printer.
22931 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22932 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22933 printer.
22935 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22936 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22937 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22938 instead of sending it to the printer.
22940 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22941 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22942 printer.
22944 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22947 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22948 are both set to t.
22950 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22952 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22953 Fast fire function for text printing.
22955 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22956 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22957 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22958 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22960 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22961 user for a new active text printer.
22963 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22965 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22967 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22968 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22969 printer.
22971 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22973 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22974 are both set to t.
22976 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22978 ;;;***
22980 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20355 10021))
22981 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22983 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22984 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22985 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22986 information will be displayed but not selected.
22987 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22989 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22993 ;;;***
22995 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22996 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20373 11301))
22997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22999 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
23000 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
23002 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
23003 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
23005 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
23007 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
23008 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
23010 Commands:
23011 \\{prolog-mode-map}
23012 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
23013 if that value is non-nil.
23015 \(fn)" t nil)
23017 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
23018 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
23019 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
23021 \(fn)" t nil)
23023 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
23024 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
23025 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
23027 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23029 ;;;***
23031 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20355
23032 ;;;;;; 10021))
23033 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
23035 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
23036 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
23037 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
23039 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
23041 ;;;***
23043 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20355
23044 ;;;;;; 10021))
23045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
23047 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
23048 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
23050 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
23052 The following variables hold user options, and can
23053 be set through the `customize' command:
23055 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
23056 `ps-mode-tab'
23057 `ps-mode-paper-size'
23058 `ps-mode-print-function'
23059 `ps-run-prompt'
23060 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
23061 `ps-run-x'
23062 `ps-run-dumb'
23063 `ps-run-init'
23064 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
23065 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
23067 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
23070 \\{ps-mode-map}
23073 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
23074 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
23075 The keymap for this second window is:
23077 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
23080 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
23081 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
23082 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
23083 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
23084 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
23086 \(fn)" t nil)
23088 ;;;***
23090 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
23091 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
23092 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
23093 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
23094 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
23095 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20355
23096 ;;;;;; 10021))
23097 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
23099 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
23100 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
23101 See `ps-paper-type'.")
23103 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
23105 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
23106 Specify the size of paper to format for.
23107 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
23108 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
23110 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
23112 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
23113 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
23115 Valid values are:
23117 nil Do not print colors.
23119 t Print colors.
23121 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
23122 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
23124 Any other value is treated as t.")
23126 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
23128 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
23129 Customization of ps-print group.
23131 \(fn)" t nil)
23133 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
23134 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23136 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23137 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
23138 sending it to the printer.
23140 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23141 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23142 image in a file with that name.
23144 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23146 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23147 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23148 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23149 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23150 so it has a way to determine color values.
23152 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23154 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
23155 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23156 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
23158 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23160 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23161 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23162 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23163 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23164 so it has a way to determine color values.
23166 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23168 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
23169 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23170 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
23171 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
23173 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23175 \(fn)" t nil)
23177 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23178 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23179 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23180 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23181 so it has a way to determine color values.
23183 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23185 \(fn)" t nil)
23187 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
23188 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23189 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
23191 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23193 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23195 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23196 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23197 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23198 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23199 so it has a way to determine color values.
23201 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23203 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23205 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
23206 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
23208 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23209 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
23210 instead of sending it to the printer.
23212 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23213 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23214 image in a file with that name.
23216 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23218 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
23219 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
23220 Done using the current ps-print setup.
23221 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
23222 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
23224 \(fn)" t nil)
23226 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
23227 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
23228 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23230 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23232 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
23233 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
23234 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23236 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23238 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
23239 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
23241 \(fn)" nil nil)
23243 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
23244 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23246 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
23247 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23249 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23250 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23252 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
23254 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
23256 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23258 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
23259 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23261 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
23262 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23264 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23265 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23267 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
23269 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
23271 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
23273 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
23274 foreground and background colors respectively.
23276 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
23277 bold - use bold font.
23278 italic - use italic font.
23279 underline - put a line under text.
23280 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
23281 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
23282 shadow - text will have a shadow.
23283 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
23284 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
23286 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
23288 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23290 ;;;***
23292 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode python-after-info-look
23293 ;;;;;; run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" (20376 40834))
23294 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
23296 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
23298 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
23300 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
23302 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
23303 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
23304 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
23305 show the buffer automatically.
23307 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
23308 Python command line (default is `python-command').
23310 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
23311 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
23312 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
23313 switch to that buffer.
23315 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
23316 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
23317 process buffer for a list of commands.
23319 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
23320 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
23321 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
23323 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
23325 (autoload 'python-after-info-look "python" "\
23326 Set up info-look for Python.
23327 Used with `eval-after-load'.
23329 \(fn)" nil nil)
23331 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
23332 Major mode for editing Python files.
23333 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
23334 for correct parsing of the source.
23335 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
23336 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
23337 commands for running Python under Emacs.
23339 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
23340 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
23341 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
23342 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
23343 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
23344 \\<python-mode-map>
23345 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
23346 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
23347 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
23348 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
23349 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
23350 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
23352 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
23353 effect outside them.
23355 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
23356 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
23357 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
23358 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
23359 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
23360 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
23361 form x.y only works if the components are literal
23362 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
23363 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
23365 \\{python-mode-map}
23367 \(fn)" t nil)
23369 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
23370 Major mode for editing Jython files.
23371 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
23372 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
23374 \(fn)" t nil)
23376 ;;;***
23378 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
23379 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
23380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
23382 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
23383 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
23384 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
23385 coding-system.
23387 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
23388 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
23390 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
23391 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
23392 them into characters should be done separately.
23394 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
23396 ;;;***
23398 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
23399 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
23400 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
23401 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
23402 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20356 55829))
23403 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
23405 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
23406 Return the title of the current Quail package.
23408 \(fn)" nil nil)
23410 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
23411 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
23412 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
23414 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
23415 `quail-activate', which see.
23417 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23419 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23420 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23421 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23422 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23423 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23424 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23425 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23427 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23428 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23429 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23430 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
23431 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23432 shown.
23433 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23435 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
23436 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23437 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
23438 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23439 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23440 list of candidates.
23442 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23443 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23444 command to be called.
23446 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23447 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
23448 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23449 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23451 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23452 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23453 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23454 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23455 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23456 to t.
23458 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23459 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23460 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23461 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23463 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23464 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23465 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23466 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23468 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23469 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23470 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23471 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23472 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23473 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23475 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23476 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23477 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23478 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23479 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23480 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23482 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23483 covers Quail translation region.
23485 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23486 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23487 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23488 for it) is inserted.
23490 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23491 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23492 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23494 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23495 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23496 non-Quail commands.
23498 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23500 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23501 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23503 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23504 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23505 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23506 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23507 you type is correctly handled.
23509 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23511 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23512 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23514 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23515 keyboard type.
23517 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23519 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23520 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23521 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23522 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23523 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23524 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23525 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23526 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23527 for the translation.
23528 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23530 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23531 it is used to handle KEY.
23533 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23534 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23535 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23536 the following annotation types are supported.
23538 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23539 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23541 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23542 candidate list.
23544 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23545 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23546 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23547 inserted.
23549 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23550 generated for the following translations.
23552 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23554 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23555 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23557 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23558 which to install MAP.
23560 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23562 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23564 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23565 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23567 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23568 which to install MAP.
23570 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23572 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23574 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23575 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23576 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23577 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23578 a function, or a cons.
23579 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23580 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23581 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23582 for the translation.
23583 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23584 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23585 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23586 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23587 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23589 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23590 it is used to handle KEY.
23592 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23593 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23594 current Quail package.
23596 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23597 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23599 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23601 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23602 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23604 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23605 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23607 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23609 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23610 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23612 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23614 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23615 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23616 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23617 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23618 of the Emacs source tree.
23620 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23621 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23623 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23624 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23625 of each directory.
23627 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23629 ;;;***
23631 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23632 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23633 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20355
23634 ;;;;;; 10021))
23635 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23637 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23638 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23639 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23640 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23642 To make use of this do something like:
23644 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23646 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23648 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23649 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23651 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23652 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23653 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23655 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23657 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23658 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23660 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23662 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23663 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23665 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23666 is decided.
23668 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23670 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23671 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23673 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23674 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23675 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23677 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23679 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23680 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23682 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23684 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23685 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23687 \(fn)" t nil)
23689 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23690 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23692 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23694 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23696 \(fn)" t nil)
23698 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23699 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23701 \(fn)" t nil)
23703 ;;;***
23705 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23706 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20371 55972))
23707 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23709 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23710 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23712 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23714 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23716 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23718 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23720 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23723 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23725 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23726 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23727 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23728 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23729 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23730 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23732 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23734 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23735 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23736 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23737 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23738 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23742 ;;;***
23744 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20355
23745 ;;;;;; 10021))
23746 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23748 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23749 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23750 See \\[compile].
23752 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23754 ;;;***
23756 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23757 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
23758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23760 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23762 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23763 Construct a regexp interactively.
23764 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23765 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23766 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23768 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23769 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23771 \(fn)" t nil)
23773 ;;;***
23775 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20356 2211))
23776 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23778 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23779 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23780 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23781 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23782 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23783 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23785 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23787 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23788 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
23789 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
23790 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23791 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23793 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
23794 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
23795 were operated on recently.
23797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23799 ;;;***
23801 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23802 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23803 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23804 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23805 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
23806 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23807 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23808 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23809 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23810 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23811 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23812 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23813 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23815 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23816 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23817 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23818 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23819 ends.
23821 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23822 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23823 to be deleted.
23825 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23827 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23828 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23829 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23831 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23832 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23833 deleted.
23835 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23837 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23838 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23839 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23841 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23843 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23844 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23846 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23847 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23849 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23850 deleted.
23852 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23853 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23854 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23855 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23856 even beep.)
23858 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23860 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23861 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23863 \(fn)" t nil)
23865 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23866 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23867 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23868 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23869 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23870 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23871 and point is at the lower right corner.
23873 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23875 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23876 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23878 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23879 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23881 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23882 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23883 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23885 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23887 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23889 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23890 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23891 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23892 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23893 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23895 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23896 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23898 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23900 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23901 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23902 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23904 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23906 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23908 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23910 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23911 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23913 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23914 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23915 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23917 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23919 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23920 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23921 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23923 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23924 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23925 rectangle which were empty.
23927 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23929 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23930 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23932 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23933 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23934 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23935 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23937 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23939 ;;;***
23941 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20355
23942 ;;;;;; 10021))
23943 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23945 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23946 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23948 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23949 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23951 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23952 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23953 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23954 auto-filling.
23956 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23960 ;;;***
23962 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23963 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20355 10021))
23964 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23966 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23967 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23969 \(fn)" nil nil)
23971 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23972 Toggle RefTeX mode.
23973 With a prefix argument ARG, enable RefTeX mode if ARG is
23974 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23975 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23977 RefTeX mode is a buffer-local minor mode with distinct support
23978 for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23980 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23981 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23983 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23984 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23985 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23986 \\ref macro.
23988 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23989 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23990 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23992 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23993 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23994 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23996 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23997 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23999 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
24000 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
24002 \\{reftex-mode-map}
24003 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
24004 on the menu bar.
24006 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24010 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
24011 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
24012 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
24014 \(fn)" nil nil)
24016 ;;;***
24018 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
24019 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24020 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
24022 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
24023 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
24024 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
24025 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
24026 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
24027 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
24029 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
24031 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
24033 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
24034 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
24035 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
24036 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
24037 `reftex-cite-format'.
24039 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
24040 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
24041 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
24042 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
24044 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
24046 ;;;***
24048 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
24049 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24050 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
24052 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
24053 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
24054 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
24055 the current TeX document.
24057 With no argument, this command toggles
24058 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
24059 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
24061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24063 ;;;***
24065 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
24066 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
24069 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
24070 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
24071 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
24073 To insert new phrases, use
24074 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
24075 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
24077 To index phrases use one of:
24079 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
24080 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
24081 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
24082 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
24083 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
24085 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
24086 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
24088 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
24090 Here are all local bindings.
24092 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
24094 \(fn)" t nil)
24096 ;;;***
24098 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
24099 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24100 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
24102 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
24103 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
24104 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
24105 of master file.
24107 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
24109 ;;;***
24111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20355
24112 ;;;;;; 10021))
24113 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
24114 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24115 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24116 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24117 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
24119 ;;;***
24121 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
24122 ;;;;;; (20363 61861))
24123 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
24125 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
24126 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
24127 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
24128 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
24129 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
24130 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
24132 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
24133 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
24135 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24136 by \\=\\< and \\>.
24137 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24138 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
24140 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
24142 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
24143 Return the depth of REGEXP.
24144 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
24145 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
24147 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
24149 ;;;***
24151 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
24152 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
24153 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24154 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
24156 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
24157 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
24158 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
24159 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
24161 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
24163 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24165 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
24166 Call `remember' in another frame.
24168 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24170 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
24171 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
24172 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
24173 application.
24175 \(fn)" t nil)
24177 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
24178 Extract diary entries from the region.
24180 \(fn)" nil nil)
24182 ;;;***
24184 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20355 10021))
24185 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
24187 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
24188 Repeat most recently executed command.
24189 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
24190 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
24191 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
24193 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
24194 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
24195 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
24196 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
24198 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
24199 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
24200 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
24202 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
24204 ;;;***
24206 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
24207 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24208 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
24210 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
24211 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
24213 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
24214 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
24215 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
24216 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
24217 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
24218 and point is left after the salutation.
24220 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
24221 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
24222 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
24223 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
24224 left after that text.
24226 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
24227 is non-nil.
24229 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
24230 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
24231 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
24232 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
24234 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
24236 ;;;***
24238 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
24239 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24240 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
24242 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
24243 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
24244 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
24245 visibility of comments that precede it.
24246 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
24247 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
24248 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
24249 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
24250 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
24251 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
24252 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
24253 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
24254 the comment lines.
24255 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
24256 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
24257 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
24258 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
24259 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
24261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24263 ;;;***
24265 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
24266 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24267 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
24269 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24270 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
24271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
24272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24273 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24275 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
24276 reveals invisible text around point.
24278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24280 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
24281 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
24282 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24283 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24284 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24285 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
24287 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
24289 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24290 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
24291 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
24293 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
24294 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24295 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24299 ;;;***
24301 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
24302 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
24305 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
24306 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
24308 \(fn X)" nil nil)
24310 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
24311 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
24313 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
24315 ;;;***
24317 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20355 10021))
24318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
24320 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
24321 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
24322 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
24323 other arguments for `rlogin'.
24325 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
24327 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
24328 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
24329 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
24330 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
24332 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
24333 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
24335 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
24336 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
24338 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
24339 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
24340 INPUT-ARGS.
24342 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
24343 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
24344 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
24345 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
24346 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
24348 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
24349 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
24350 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
24351 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
24353 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
24354 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
24355 variable.
24357 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24359 ;;;***
24361 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
24362 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
24363 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
24364 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
24365 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
24366 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20369 14251))
24367 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
24369 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
24370 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
24371 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
24373 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
24375 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24376 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24377 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24378 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24379 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24380 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24381 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24383 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24384 sent by you under different user names.
24385 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24387 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24389 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
24391 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24393 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
24394 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
24395 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
24396 explicitly.")
24398 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24400 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
24401 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
24402 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
24403 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
24404 which normally happens once for each message,
24405 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
24406 To make a change in this variable take effect
24407 for a message that you have already viewed,
24408 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
24410 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24412 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
24413 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
24414 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
24415 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
24417 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
24419 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
24420 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
24422 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24424 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
24425 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24426 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
24428 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24430 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24431 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
24432 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
24433 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
24434 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
24435 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
24437 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24439 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24440 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24442 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24444 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
24445 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24447 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24449 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24450 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24452 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24453 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24455 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24457 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24458 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24460 This is set to nil by default.")
24462 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24463 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24464 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
24465 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
24466 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24467 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24468 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24470 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24471 Read and edit incoming mail.
24472 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24473 file in RMAIL Mode.
24474 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24476 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24477 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24478 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24479 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24481 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24483 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24485 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24486 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24487 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24488 Instead, these commands are available:
24490 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24491 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24492 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24493 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24494 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24495 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24496 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24497 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24498 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24499 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24500 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24501 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24502 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24503 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24504 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24505 till a deleted message is found.
24506 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24507 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24508 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24509 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24510 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24511 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24512 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24513 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24514 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24515 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24516 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24517 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24518 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24519 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24520 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24521 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24522 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24523 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24524 (label defaults to last one specified).
24525 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24526 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24527 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24528 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24529 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24530 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24531 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24532 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24533 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24535 \(fn)" t nil)
24537 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24538 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24540 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24542 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24543 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24545 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24547 ;;;***
24549 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24550 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20355 10021))
24551 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24552 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24554 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24555 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24556 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24557 case it writes Babyl.
24559 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24560 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24561 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24562 `rmail-default-file'.
24564 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24565 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24566 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24568 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24569 the header display is currently pruned.
24571 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24572 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24573 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24574 messages after output.
24576 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24577 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24578 message (if writing a file directly).
24580 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24581 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24583 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24585 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24586 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24587 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24588 i) the header is output as currently seen
24589 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24590 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24592 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24593 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24594 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24596 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24598 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24599 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24600 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24601 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24602 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24603 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24604 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24606 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24607 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24608 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24610 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24612 ;;;***
24614 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24615 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24616 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24618 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24619 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24620 Return a pattern.
24622 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24624 ;;;***
24626 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24627 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24628 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24630 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24631 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24632 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24633 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24635 \(fn)" t nil)
24637 ;;;***
24639 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24640 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24641 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24643 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24644 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24646 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24647 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24648 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24649 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24650 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24651 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24652 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24653 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24654 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24655 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24657 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24658 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
24659 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24660 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24661 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24662 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24663 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24664 to use for finding the schema.
24666 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24668 ;;;***
24670 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20355
24671 ;;;;;; 10021))
24672 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24674 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24676 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24677 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24678 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24679 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24680 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24681 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24682 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24683 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24684 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24685 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24686 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24687 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24688 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24689 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24690 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24691 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24692 must be equal.
24694 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24696 ;;;***
24698 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24699 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20355 10021))
24700 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24702 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24703 Define a robin package.
24705 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24706 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24707 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24708 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24710 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24711 one replaces the old one.
24713 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24715 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24716 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24718 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24719 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24720 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24722 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24724 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24725 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24727 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24729 ;;;***
24731 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24732 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20355 10021))
24733 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24735 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24736 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24738 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24740 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24741 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24743 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24745 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24746 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24748 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24750 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24751 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24752 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24754 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24755 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24756 in ROT13.
24758 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24760 \(fn)" t nil)
24762 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24763 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24765 \(fn)" t nil)
24767 ;;;***
24769 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24770 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
24771 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24772 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24774 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24775 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24776 \\<rst-mode-map>
24777 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24778 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24779 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24780 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24781 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24783 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24784 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24785 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24786 font-locking of blocks.
24788 \\{rst-mode-map}
24790 \(fn)" t nil)
24792 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24793 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24794 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
24795 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24796 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24798 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24799 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24800 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24804 ;;;***
24806 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24807 ;;;;;; (20375 53029))
24808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24810 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24811 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24812 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24813 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24814 nesting into account.
24816 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24818 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24820 \(fn)" t nil)
24822 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24824 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24826 ;;;***
24828 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20355
24829 ;;;;;; 10021))
24830 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24832 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24833 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24834 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24836 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24837 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
24838 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
24839 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24840 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24844 ;;;***
24846 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20355
24847 ;;;;;; 10021))
24848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24850 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24851 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24852 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24853 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24855 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24857 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24858 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24859 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24861 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24862 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24863 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24865 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24866 notation.
24868 STRING
24869 matches string STRING literally.
24871 CHAR
24872 matches character CHAR literally.
24874 `not-newline', `nonl'
24875 matches any character except a newline.
24877 `anything'
24878 matches any character
24880 `(any SET ...)'
24881 `(in SET ...)'
24882 `(char SET ...)'
24883 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24884 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24885 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24887 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24888 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24889 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24890 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24892 `(not (any SET ...))'
24893 matches any character not in SET ...
24895 `line-start', `bol'
24896 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24897 in the text being matched
24899 `line-end', `eol'
24900 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24902 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24903 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24904 string being matched against.
24906 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24907 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24908 string being matched against.
24910 `buffer-start'
24911 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24912 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24914 `buffer-end'
24915 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24916 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24918 `point'
24919 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24921 `word-start', `bow'
24922 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24924 `word-end', `eow'
24925 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24927 `word-boundary'
24928 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24929 word.
24931 `(not word-boundary)'
24932 `not-word-boundary'
24933 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24934 word.
24936 `symbol-start'
24937 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24939 `symbol-end'
24940 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24942 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24943 matches 0 through 9.
24945 `control', `cntrl'
24946 matches ASCII control characters.
24948 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24949 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24951 `blank'
24952 matches space and tab only.
24954 `graphic', `graph'
24955 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24956 space, and DEL.
24958 `printing', `print'
24959 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24960 and DEL.
24962 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24963 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24964 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24966 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24967 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24968 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24970 `ascii'
24971 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24973 `nonascii'
24974 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24976 `lower', `lower-case'
24977 matches anything lower-case.
24979 `upper', `upper-case'
24980 matches anything upper-case.
24982 `punctuation', `punct'
24983 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24984 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24986 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24987 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24989 `word', `wordchar'
24990 matches anything that has word syntax.
24992 `not-wordchar'
24993 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24995 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24996 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24997 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24998 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
25000 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
25001 `punctuation' (\\s.)
25002 `word' (\\sw)
25003 `symbol' (\\s_)
25004 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
25005 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
25006 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
25007 `string-quote' (\\s\")
25008 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
25009 `escape' (\\s\\)
25010 `character-quote' (\\s/)
25011 `comment-start' (\\s<)
25012 `comment-end' (\\s>)
25013 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
25014 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
25016 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
25017 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
25019 `(category CATEGORY)'
25020 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
25021 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
25023 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
25024 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
25025 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
25026 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
25027 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
25028 `symbol' (\\c5)
25029 `digit' (\\c6)
25030 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
25031 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
25032 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
25033 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
25034 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
25035 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
25036 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
25037 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
25038 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
25039 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
25040 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
25041 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
25042 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
25043 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
25044 `ascii' (\\ca)
25045 `arabic' (\\cb)
25046 `chinese' (\\cc)
25047 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
25048 `greek' (\\cg)
25049 `korean' (\\ch)
25050 `indian' (\\ci)
25051 `japanese' (\\cj)
25052 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
25053 `latin' (\\cl)
25054 `lao' (\\co)
25055 `tibetan' (\\cq)
25056 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
25057 `thai' (\\ct)
25058 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
25059 `hebrew' (\\cw)
25060 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
25061 `can-break' (\\c|)
25063 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
25064 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
25066 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25067 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25068 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25069 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25070 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
25072 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25073 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25074 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
25075 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
25077 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25078 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25079 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
25080 group number N.
25082 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25083 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25084 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
25085 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
25086 regular expression.
25088 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
25089 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
25090 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
25091 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
25092 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
25094 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
25095 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
25097 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
25098 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
25100 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
25101 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
25102 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
25104 `(* SEXP ...)'
25105 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
25106 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25108 `(*? SEXP ...)'
25109 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
25110 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25112 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
25113 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
25114 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
25116 `(+ SEXP ...)'
25117 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25119 `(+? SEXP ...)'
25120 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25122 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
25123 `(optional SEXP ...)'
25124 `(opt SEXP ...)'
25125 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
25127 `(? SEXP ...)'
25128 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25130 `(?? SEXP ...)'
25131 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25133 `(repeat N SEXP)'
25134 `(= N SEXP ...)'
25135 matches N occurrences.
25137 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
25138 matches N or more occurrences.
25140 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
25141 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
25142 matches N to M occurrences.
25144 `(backref N)'
25145 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
25147 `(eval FORM)'
25148 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
25149 `regexp-quote' it.
25151 `(regexp REGEXP)'
25152 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
25154 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
25156 ;;;***
25158 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20355
25159 ;;;;;; 10021))
25160 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
25162 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
25163 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
25164 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25165 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25166 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25167 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
25169 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
25171 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
25172 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
25173 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
25174 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25175 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25177 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
25178 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
25179 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
25180 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
25182 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
25183 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
25184 histories, which is probably undesirable.
25186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25188 ;;;***
25190 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
25191 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
25192 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
25194 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
25195 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
25196 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25198 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
25199 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
25200 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
25201 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
25202 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
25203 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
25204 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
25205 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
25207 Commands:
25208 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25209 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25210 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25211 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25212 if that value is non-nil.
25214 \(fn)" t nil)
25216 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
25217 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
25218 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25220 Commands:
25221 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25222 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25223 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25224 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
25225 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
25226 that variable's value is a string.
25228 \(fn)" t nil)
25230 ;;;***
25232 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
25233 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
25234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
25236 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
25237 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
25238 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
25240 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
25242 \(fn)" t nil)
25244 ;;;***
25246 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
25247 ;;;;;; (20363 61861))
25248 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
25250 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
25251 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
25252 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25253 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25254 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25255 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
25257 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
25259 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
25260 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
25261 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
25262 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25263 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25265 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
25266 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
25268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25270 ;;;***
25272 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
25273 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
25274 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
25276 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
25277 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25279 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25280 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
25281 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
25282 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
25283 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
25285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25287 ;;;***
25289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20355 10021))
25290 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
25291 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
25292 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
25294 ;;;***
25296 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
25297 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20355 10021))
25298 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
25300 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
25301 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
25302 The possible elements of this list include the following:
25304 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
25305 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
25306 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
25307 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
25308 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
25309 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
25310 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
25311 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
25312 keybinding for tag names.")
25314 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
25316 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
25317 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
25318 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25319 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25320 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25321 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
25323 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
25325 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
25326 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
25327 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
25328 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25329 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25331 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
25332 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
25333 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
25334 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
25335 Semantic mode.
25337 \\{semantic-mode-map}
25339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25341 ;;;***
25343 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25344 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
25345 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
25346 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
25347 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
25348 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25349 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25350 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25351 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20369 14251))
25352 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25354 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
25355 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25357 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25358 king@grassland.com
25359 If `parens', they look like:
25360 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25361 If `angles', they look like:
25362 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25364 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
25365 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
25367 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25369 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25370 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25371 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25372 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25374 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25375 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
25376 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25377 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25379 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25381 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25382 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25383 This is done when the message is initialized,
25384 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25386 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25388 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25389 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25390 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
25392 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25394 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
25395 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25396 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25397 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25398 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25399 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
25400 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25402 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25404 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
25405 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25407 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25409 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25410 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25411 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
25412 be a Babyl file.")
25414 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25416 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25417 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25418 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25419 when you first send mail.")
25421 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25423 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
25424 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25425 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25426 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25427 This file need not actually exist.")
25429 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25431 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25432 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
25434 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25436 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25437 Alist of mail address aliases,
25438 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25439 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25440 can specify a different file name.)
25441 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25442 alias ALIAS MEANING")
25444 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
25445 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25446 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
25448 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25450 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25451 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25452 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25454 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25456 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25457 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25458 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25459 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25460 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25461 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25462 in the cited portion of the message.
25464 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25465 instead of no action.")
25467 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25469 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
25470 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25471 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25472 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25473 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25475 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25477 (defvar mail-signature t "\
25478 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25479 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25480 If a string, that string is inserted.
25481 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25482 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25483 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25484 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25486 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25488 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25489 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25491 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25493 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25494 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25495 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25497 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25498 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25500 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25502 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25503 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25504 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
25505 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25507 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25509 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25510 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25511 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25513 \(fn)" nil nil)
25515 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25517 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25520 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25522 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25523 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25524 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25526 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25527 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25529 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25530 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25531 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25532 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25533 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25534 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25535 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25536 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25537 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25538 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25539 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25540 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25541 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25542 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25544 \(fn)" t nil)
25546 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25547 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25548 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25549 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25551 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25553 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25554 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25555 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25556 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25557 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25558 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25560 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25561 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25562 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25564 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25565 User should not set this variable manually,
25566 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25567 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25568 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25570 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25571 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25572 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25573 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25575 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25576 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25578 \\<mail-mode-map>
25579 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25581 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25582 to move to message header fields:
25583 \\{mail-mode-map}
25585 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25586 when the message is initialized.
25588 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25589 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25591 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25592 is inserted.
25594 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25595 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25597 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25598 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25599 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25600 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25601 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25602 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25603 buffer without erasing the contents.
25605 The second through fifth arguments,
25606 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25607 the initial contents of those header fields.
25608 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25609 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25610 original message being replied to, or else an action
25611 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25612 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25613 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25614 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25615 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25616 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25618 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25620 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25621 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25623 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25625 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25626 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25628 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25630 ;;;***
25632 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25633 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20370
25634 ;;;;;; 35109))
25635 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25637 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25639 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25641 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25643 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25644 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25645 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
25646 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
25647 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
25648 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25650 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25651 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25653 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25654 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25655 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25657 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25658 \\[server-start].
25660 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25662 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25663 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25664 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25665 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25667 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25669 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25670 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25671 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25673 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25674 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25676 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25678 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25679 Toggle Server mode.
25680 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
25681 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25682 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25684 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25685 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
25686 `server-start' for details.
25688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25690 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25691 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25692 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25694 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25695 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25697 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25699 ;;;***
25701 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20373 11301))
25702 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25704 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25705 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25706 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25708 Key definitions:
25709 \\{ses-mode-map}
25710 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25711 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25712 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25713 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25715 \(fn)" t nil)
25717 ;;;***
25719 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25720 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
25721 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25723 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25724 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25725 Makes > match <.
25726 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25727 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25729 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25730 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25731 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25733 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25734 in your `.emacs' file.
25736 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25738 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25739 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25740 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25742 \(fn)" t nil)
25744 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25745 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25746 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25747 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25748 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25749 which this is based.
25751 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25753 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25754 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25755 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25756 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25758 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25759 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25760 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25762 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25763 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25764 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25765 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25767 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25768 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25769 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25770 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25772 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25774 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25775 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25776 To work around that, do:
25777 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25779 \\{html-mode-map}
25781 \(fn)" t nil)
25783 ;;;***
25785 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25786 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
25787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25788 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25790 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25791 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25792 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25793 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25794 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25795 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25797 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25798 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25799 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25800 shell-specific features.
25802 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25803 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25804 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25805 \\<sh-mode-map>
25806 \\[sh-case] case statement
25807 \\[sh-for] for loop
25808 \\[sh-function] function definition
25809 \\[sh-if] if statement
25810 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25811 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25812 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25813 \\[sh-select] select loop
25814 \\[sh-until] until loop
25815 \\[sh-while] while loop
25817 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25818 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25819 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25820 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25821 would indent to the way it currently is.
25822 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25823 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25826 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25827 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25828 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25829 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25830 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25831 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25833 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25834 {, (, [, ', \", `
25835 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25837 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25838 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25839 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25841 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25842 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25844 \(fn)" t nil)
25846 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25848 ;;;***
25850 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25851 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
25852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25854 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25855 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25857 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25858 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25859 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25861 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25862 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25863 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25864 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25865 the earlier.
25867 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25869 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25871 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25872 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25873 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25875 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25876 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25878 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25879 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25880 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25881 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25882 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25883 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25884 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25885 Emacs version).
25887 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25888 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25889 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25890 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25891 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25893 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25894 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25896 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25898 ;;;***
25900 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25901 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20355
25902 ;;;;;; 10021))
25903 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25905 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25906 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25907 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25908 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25909 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25910 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25911 sites in the cluster.
25913 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25915 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25916 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25917 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25918 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25919 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25921 \(fn)" t nil)
25923 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25924 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25925 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25926 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25927 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25928 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25929 `shadow-define-cluster').
25931 \(fn)" t nil)
25933 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25934 Set up file shadowing.
25936 \(fn)" t nil)
25938 ;;;***
25940 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25941 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
25942 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25944 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25945 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25946 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25947 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25948 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25949 arguments.")
25951 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25953 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25954 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25955 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25956 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25957 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25959 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25960 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25961 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25962 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25963 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25964 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25965 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25966 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25967 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25968 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25969 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25971 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25972 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25973 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25974 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25975 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25976 `default-process-coding-system'.
25978 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25979 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25980 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25981 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25983 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25985 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25987 ;;;***
25989 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20355
25990 ;;;;;; 10021))
25991 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25993 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25994 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25995 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25996 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25998 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
26000 ;;;***
26002 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
26003 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20355 10021))
26004 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
26006 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
26009 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
26011 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
26014 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26016 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
26019 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26021 ;;;***
26023 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
26024 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
26025 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
26027 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
26028 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
26029 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
26030 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
26031 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
26033 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
26035 \(fn)" t nil)
26037 ;;;***
26039 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20355
26040 ;;;;;; 10021))
26041 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
26043 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
26044 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
26045 \\{simula-mode-map}
26046 Variables controlling indentation style:
26047 `simula-tab-always-indent'
26048 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
26049 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
26050 `simula-indent-level'
26051 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
26052 `simula-substatement-offset'
26053 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
26054 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
26055 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
26056 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
26057 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
26058 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
26059 `simula-label-offset' -4711
26060 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
26061 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
26062 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
26063 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
26064 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
26065 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
26066 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
26067 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
26068 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
26069 `simula-electric-indent' nil
26070 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
26071 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
26072 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
26073 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
26074 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
26075 or nil if they should not be changed.
26076 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
26077 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
26078 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
26079 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
26081 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
26082 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
26084 \(fn)" t nil)
26086 ;;;***
26088 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
26089 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20355 10021))
26090 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
26092 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
26093 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
26095 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
26096 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
26097 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
26098 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
26100 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
26102 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
26103 Insert SKELETON.
26104 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
26105 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
26106 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
26107 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
26108 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
26110 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
26111 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
26113 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
26115 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
26116 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
26118 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
26119 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
26120 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
26121 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
26123 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
26124 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
26125 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
26126 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
26128 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
26129 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
26130 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
26132 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
26133 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
26135 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
26136 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
26138 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
26139 _ interesting point, interregion here
26140 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
26141 interesting point set by _
26142 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
26143 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
26144 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
26145 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
26146 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
26147 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
26148 nil skipped
26150 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
26151 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
26153 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
26154 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
26155 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
26156 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
26157 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
26158 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
26159 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
26160 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
26162 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
26163 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
26164 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
26165 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
26166 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
26167 available:
26169 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
26170 then: insert previously read string once more
26171 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
26172 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
26173 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
26175 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
26176 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
26178 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
26180 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
26181 Insert the character you type ARG times.
26183 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
26184 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
26185 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
26186 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
26187 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
26188 such as backslash.
26190 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
26191 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
26192 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
26194 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26196 ;;;***
26198 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
26199 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20355 10021))
26200 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
26202 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
26203 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
26204 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
26205 buffer names.
26207 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
26209 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
26210 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
26211 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26212 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26213 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26214 \\{smerge-mode-map}
26216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26218 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
26219 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
26220 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
26222 \(fn)" t nil)
26224 ;;;***
26226 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
26227 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
26228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
26230 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
26231 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
26232 A list of images is returned.
26234 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26236 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
26237 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
26238 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
26240 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26242 ;;;***
26244 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
26245 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20355 10021))
26246 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
26248 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
26251 \(fn)" nil nil)
26253 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
26254 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
26256 \(fn)" t nil)
26258 ;;;***
26260 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20355 10021))
26261 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
26263 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
26264 Play the Snake game.
26265 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
26267 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
26269 Snake mode keybindings:
26270 \\<snake-mode-map>
26271 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
26272 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
26273 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26274 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
26275 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
26276 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
26277 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
26279 \(fn)" t nil)
26281 ;;;***
26283 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
26284 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
26285 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26287 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26288 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26289 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26290 Tab indents for C code.
26291 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26292 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26293 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26294 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26295 `snmp-mode-hook'.
26297 \(fn)" t nil)
26299 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26300 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26301 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26302 Tab indents for C code.
26303 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26304 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26305 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26306 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26307 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26309 \(fn)" t nil)
26311 ;;;***
26313 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20355
26314 ;;;;;; 10021))
26315 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26317 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26318 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
26319 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26320 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26321 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26323 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
26325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26327 ;;;***
26329 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20355
26330 ;;;;;; 10021))
26331 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26333 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26334 Play Solitaire.
26336 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26337 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26338 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26339 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26340 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26341 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26342 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26343 check after each move or undo.)
26345 What is Solitaire?
26347 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26348 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
26349 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26351 Le Solitaire
26352 ============
26354 o o o
26356 o o o
26358 o o o o o o o
26360 o o o . o o o
26362 o o o o o o o
26364 o o o
26366 o o o
26368 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
26369 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
26370 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26371 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26373 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26374 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26375 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26376 this: o o .
26378 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26379 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
26381 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
26383 o o o
26385 . o o
26387 o o . o o o o
26389 o . o o o o o
26391 o o o o o o o
26393 o o o
26395 o o o
26397 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
26399 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26401 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26403 ;;;***
26405 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26406 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26407 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20355 10021))
26408 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26409 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26411 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26412 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26414 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26415 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26416 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
26417 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
26418 contiguous.
26420 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26421 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26422 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26423 the sort order.
26425 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26426 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26428 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26429 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26430 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26431 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26432 is called.
26434 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26435 It should move point to the end of the record.
26437 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26438 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26439 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26440 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26441 starts at the beginning of the record.
26443 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26444 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26445 same as ENDRECFUN.
26447 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
26448 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26450 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26452 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26453 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26454 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26455 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26456 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26457 the sort order.
26459 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26461 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26462 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26463 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26464 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26465 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26466 the sort order.
26468 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26470 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26471 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26472 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26473 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26474 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26475 the sort order.
26477 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26478 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26480 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26481 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26482 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26483 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26484 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26485 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26486 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26487 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26488 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26490 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26492 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26493 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26494 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26495 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26496 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26497 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26498 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26499 the sort order.
26501 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26503 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26504 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
26505 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
26506 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
26507 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
26508 is to be used for sorting.
26509 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
26510 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
26511 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
26512 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
26513 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
26515 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
26517 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26518 the sort order.
26520 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26521 starting with the letter \"f\",
26522 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26524 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26526 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26527 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26528 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26529 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26530 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26531 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26532 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26533 the sort order.
26535 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26536 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26537 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26538 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26539 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26541 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26543 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26544 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26545 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26547 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26549 ;;;***
26551 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20355
26552 ;;;;;; 10021))
26553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26555 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26556 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26557 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26558 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26559 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26560 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26562 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26564 ;;;***
26566 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26567 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26568 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20355 10021))
26569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26571 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26572 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26574 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26575 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26576 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26578 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26580 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26581 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26582 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26583 server.
26585 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26587 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26588 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26589 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26591 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26593 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26594 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26595 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26596 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26597 Agent is plugged.
26599 \(fn)" t nil)
26601 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26602 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26603 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26604 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26606 \(fn)" t nil)
26608 ;;;***
26610 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26611 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20381 5411))
26612 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26614 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26616 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26617 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26618 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26619 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26620 supported at a time.
26621 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26622 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26626 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26627 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26628 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26629 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26631 \(fn)" t nil)
26633 ;;;***
26635 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20355
26636 ;;;;;; 10021))
26637 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26639 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26640 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26642 \(fn)" t nil)
26644 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26645 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26647 \(fn)" nil nil)
26649 ;;;***
26651 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26652 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26653 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26654 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26655 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
26656 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26658 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26659 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26661 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26662 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26663 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26664 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26665 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26666 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26667 of the current highlighting list.
26669 For example:
26671 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26672 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26674 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26675 `_t' as data types.
26677 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26679 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26680 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26682 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26683 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26685 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26687 \\\\FREE
26689 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26691 \\\\NONFREE
26693 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26695 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26696 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26698 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26699 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26700 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26701 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26703 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26704 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26705 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26706 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26708 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26709 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26710 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26712 \(fn)" t nil)
26714 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26715 Major mode to edit SQL.
26717 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26718 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26719 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26721 \\{sql-mode-map}
26722 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26724 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26725 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26726 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26727 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26728 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26729 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26731 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26732 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26734 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26735 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26736 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26738 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26739 (lambda ()
26740 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26742 \(fn)" t nil)
26744 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26745 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26747 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26748 their settings.
26750 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26751 is specified in the connection settings.
26753 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26755 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26756 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26758 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26759 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26761 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26762 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26763 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26764 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26766 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26768 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26770 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26771 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26773 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26774 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26775 `*SQL*'.
26777 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26778 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26779 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26780 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26782 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26783 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26785 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26786 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26787 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26788 buffer.
26790 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26791 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26792 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26793 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26794 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26795 `default-process-coding-system'.
26797 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26799 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26801 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26802 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26804 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26805 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26806 `*SQL*'.
26808 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26809 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26810 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26811 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26813 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26814 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26816 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26817 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26818 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26819 buffer.
26821 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26822 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26823 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26824 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26825 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26826 `default-process-coding-system'.
26828 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26830 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26832 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26833 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26835 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26836 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26837 `*SQL*'.
26839 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26840 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26842 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26843 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26845 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26846 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26847 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26848 buffer.
26850 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26851 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26852 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26853 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26854 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26855 `default-process-coding-system'.
26857 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26859 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26861 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26862 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26864 SQLite is free software.
26866 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26867 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26868 `*SQL*'.
26870 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26871 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26872 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26873 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26875 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26876 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26878 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26879 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26880 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26881 buffer.
26883 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26884 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26885 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26886 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26887 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26888 `default-process-coding-system'.
26890 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26892 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26894 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26895 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26897 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26899 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26900 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26901 `*SQL*'.
26903 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26904 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26905 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26906 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26908 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26909 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26911 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26912 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26913 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26914 buffer.
26916 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26917 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26918 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26919 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26920 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26921 `default-process-coding-system'.
26923 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26925 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26927 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26928 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26930 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26931 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26932 `*SQL*'.
26934 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26935 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26936 defaults, if set.
26938 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26939 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26941 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26942 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26943 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26944 buffer.
26946 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26947 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26948 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26949 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26950 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26951 `default-process-coding-system'.
26953 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26955 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26957 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26958 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26960 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26961 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26962 `*SQL*'.
26964 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26965 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26967 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26968 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26970 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26971 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26972 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26973 buffer.
26975 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26976 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26977 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26978 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26979 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26980 `default-process-coding-system'.
26982 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26984 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26986 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26987 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26989 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26990 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26991 `*SQL*'.
26993 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26994 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26995 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26996 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26998 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26999 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27001 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27002 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
27003 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27004 buffer.
27006 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27007 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27008 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27009 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27010 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27011 `default-process-coding-system'.
27013 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27015 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27017 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
27018 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
27020 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27021 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27022 `*SQL*'.
27024 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
27025 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
27026 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
27027 `sql-postgres-options'.
27029 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27030 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27032 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27033 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
27034 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27035 buffer.
27037 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27038 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27039 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27040 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27041 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27042 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
27043 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
27044 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
27046 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
27047 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
27049 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27051 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27053 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
27054 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
27056 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27057 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27058 `*SQL*'.
27060 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
27061 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
27062 defaults, if set.
27064 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27065 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27067 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27068 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
27069 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27070 buffer.
27072 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27073 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27074 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27075 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27076 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27077 `default-process-coding-system'.
27079 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27081 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27083 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
27084 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
27086 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27087 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27088 `*SQL*'.
27090 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
27091 automatic login.
27093 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27094 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27096 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
27097 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
27098 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
27099 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
27101 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27102 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
27103 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27104 buffer.
27106 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27107 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27108 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27109 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27110 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27111 `default-process-coding-system'.
27113 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27115 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27117 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
27118 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
27120 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27121 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27122 `*SQL*'.
27124 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
27125 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
27126 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
27127 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
27128 parameters.
27130 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
27131 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
27132 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
27133 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
27134 an empty password.
27136 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27137 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27139 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27140 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
27141 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27142 buffer.
27144 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27146 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27148 ;;;***
27150 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
27151 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
27152 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
27154 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
27155 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
27157 \(fn)" t nil)
27159 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
27161 ;;;***
27163 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
27164 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
27165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
27167 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
27168 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
27169 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
27170 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
27171 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
27172 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
27173 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
27174 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
27175 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
27176 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
27177 with any buffer
27178 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
27179 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
27180 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
27181 GnuTLS requires a port number.
27183 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
27185 ;;;***
27187 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
27188 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
27189 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
27190 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
27191 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20355
27192 ;;;;;; 10021))
27193 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
27195 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
27196 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
27197 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
27198 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
27199 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
27200 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
27202 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
27204 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
27206 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
27207 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27208 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27209 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
27210 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
27211 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
27212 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27214 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27216 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27217 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27218 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27219 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
27220 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
27221 then complete the stroke with button 3.
27222 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27224 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27226 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
27227 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27228 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27230 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27232 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27233 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27234 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27236 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27238 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
27239 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
27241 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
27243 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
27244 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
27246 \(fn)" t nil)
27248 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
27249 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
27251 \(fn)" t nil)
27253 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
27254 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
27255 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
27256 chronologically by command name.
27257 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
27259 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
27261 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
27262 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
27263 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27265 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27266 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
27268 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
27270 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
27271 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
27272 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
27273 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27274 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27276 \\<strokes-mode-map>
27277 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
27278 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
27279 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
27280 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
27282 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
27283 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
27284 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
27285 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
27287 \\{strokes-mode-map}
27289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27291 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
27292 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
27293 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
27294 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
27296 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
27298 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27299 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
27301 \(fn)" t nil)
27303 ;;;***
27305 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27306 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021))
27307 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27309 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27310 Studlify-case the region.
27312 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27314 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27315 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27317 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27319 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27320 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27322 \(fn)" t nil)
27324 ;;;***
27326 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
27327 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
27328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
27330 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
27331 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
27332 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
27333 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27334 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27336 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
27337 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
27338 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
27339 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
27341 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
27342 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
27343 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
27345 Nomenclature Subwords
27346 ===========================================================
27347 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
27348 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
27349 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
27351 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
27352 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
27353 as words.
27355 \\{subword-mode-map}
27357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27359 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
27360 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
27361 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27362 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27363 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27364 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
27366 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
27368 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
27369 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
27370 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
27371 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
27372 ARG is omitted or nil.
27374 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
27375 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
27376 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
27378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27380 ;;;***
27382 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27383 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
27384 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27386 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27387 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27388 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27389 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
27390 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27391 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27392 original message but it does require a few things:
27394 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27396 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27397 reply buffer.
27399 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27400 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27401 original message.
27403 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27405 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27407 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27408 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27409 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27411 \(fn)" nil nil)
27413 ;;;***
27415 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20355
27416 ;;;;;; 10021))
27417 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27419 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27421 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27422 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27423 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27424 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27425 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27426 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27428 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27430 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27431 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
27432 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
27433 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27434 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27436 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27437 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27438 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27442 ;;;***
27444 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20355 10021))
27445 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27447 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27448 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27449 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27450 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27451 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27453 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27455 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27456 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27457 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27458 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27459 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27460 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27461 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27463 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27465 ;;;***
27467 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27468 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27469 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27470 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27471 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27472 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27473 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27474 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27475 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27476 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27477 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27478 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27479 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20355 10021))
27480 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27482 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27483 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27484 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27486 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27488 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27489 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27491 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27493 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27494 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27496 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27498 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27499 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27501 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27503 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27504 Insert an editable text table.
27505 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27506 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27507 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27508 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27509 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27510 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27511 delimiting them.
27513 Examples:
27515 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27517 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27518 location of point.
27522 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27523 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27524 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27525 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27526 first cell.
27528 +-----+-----+-----+
27529 |-!- | | |
27530 +-----+-----+-----+
27532 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27534 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27535 width, which results as
27537 +--------------+-----+-----+
27538 |-!- | | |
27539 +--------------+-----+-----+
27541 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27542 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27544 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27545 | | |-!- |
27546 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27548 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27549 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27550 width information to `table-insert'.
27552 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27554 instead of
27556 Cell width(s): 5
27558 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27559 work all together.
27561 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27562 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27564 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27565 |-!- | | |
27566 | | | |
27567 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27569 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27571 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27572 |-!- | | |
27573 | | | |
27574 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27575 | | | |
27576 | | | |
27577 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27579 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27581 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27582 | | | |
27583 | | | |
27584 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27585 | | | |
27586 | | | |
27587 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27590 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27591 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27592 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27594 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27595 | | | |
27596 | | | |
27597 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27598 | | | |
27599 | | | |
27600 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27601 |-!- | | |
27602 | | | |
27603 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27605 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27606 results.
27608 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27609 | | | |
27610 | | | |
27611 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27612 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27613 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27614 | | |expected results.-!- |
27615 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27616 | | | |
27617 | | | |
27618 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27620 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27622 \\{table-cell-map}
27624 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27626 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27627 Insert N table row(s).
27628 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27629 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27630 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27631 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27633 \(fn N)" t nil)
27635 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27636 Insert N table column(s).
27637 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27638 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27639 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27640 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27642 \(fn N)" t nil)
27644 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27645 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27646 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27648 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27650 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27651 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27652 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27653 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27654 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27655 all the table specific features.
27657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27659 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27662 \(fn)" t nil)
27664 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27665 Recognize all tables within region.
27666 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27667 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27668 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27669 specific features.
27671 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27673 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27676 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27678 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27679 Recognize a table at point.
27680 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27681 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27682 the table specific features.
27684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27686 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27689 \(fn)" t nil)
27691 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27692 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27693 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27694 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27695 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27696 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27697 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27699 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27701 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27704 \(fn)" t nil)
27706 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27707 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27708 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27709 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27710 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27711 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27712 specified.
27714 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27716 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27717 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27718 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27719 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
27720 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27721 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27722 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27723 table structure.
27725 \(fn N)" t nil)
27727 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27728 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27729 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27730 table's rectangle structure.
27732 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27734 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27735 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27736 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27737 table's rectangle structure.
27739 \(fn N)" t nil)
27741 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27742 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27743 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27744 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27745 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27747 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27749 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27750 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27751 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27753 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27754 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27755 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27756 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27757 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27758 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27759 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27761 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27762 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27763 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27764 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27765 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27766 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27767 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27769 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27770 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27771 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27772 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27773 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27774 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27775 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27776 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27778 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27780 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27781 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27782 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27783 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27787 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27788 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27789 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27791 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27793 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27794 Split current cell vertically.
27795 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27797 \(fn)" t nil)
27799 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27800 Split current cell horizontally.
27801 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27803 \(fn)" t nil)
27805 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27806 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27807 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27809 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27811 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27812 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27813 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27814 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27816 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27818 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27819 Justify cell contents.
27820 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27821 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27822 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27823 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27825 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27827 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27828 Justify cells of a row.
27829 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27830 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27832 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27834 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27835 Justify cells of a column.
27836 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27837 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27839 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27841 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27842 Toggle fixing width mode.
27843 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27844 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27845 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27849 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27850 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27851 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27852 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27853 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27854 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27855 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27856 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27857 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27858 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27859 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27861 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27863 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27864 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27865 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27866 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27867 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27868 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27869 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27870 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27871 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27872 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27873 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27874 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27875 untouched.
27877 References used for this implementation:
27879 HTML:
27880 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27882 LaTeX:
27883 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27885 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27886 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27887 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27889 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27891 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27892 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27893 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27894 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27895 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27896 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27897 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27898 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27899 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27900 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27901 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27902 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27903 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27904 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27905 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27906 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27907 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27909 Example:
27911 (progn
27912 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27913 (table-forward-cell 15)
27914 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27915 (table-forward-cell 16)
27916 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27917 (table-forward-cell 1)
27918 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27920 (progn
27921 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27922 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27923 (table-forward-cell 1)
27924 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27926 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27928 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27929 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27930 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27931 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27932 consists from cells of same height.
27934 \(fn N)" t nil)
27936 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27937 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27938 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27939 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27940 column must consists from cells of same width.
27942 \(fn N)" t nil)
27944 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27945 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27946 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27947 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27948 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27949 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27950 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27951 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27952 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27953 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27954 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27955 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27956 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27957 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27958 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27961 Example 1:
27963 1, 2, 3, 4
27964 5, 6, 7, 8
27965 , 9, 10
27967 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27968 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27969 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27970 specified as 5.
27972 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27973 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27974 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27975 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27976 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27977 | | 9 | 10 | |
27978 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27980 Note:
27982 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27983 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27984 of each row is optional.
27987 Example 2:
27989 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27990 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27991 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27992 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27993 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27995 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27996 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27998 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27999 expression and raw delimiter regular
28000 expression, it parses the specified text
28001 area and extracts cell items from
28002 non-table text and then forms a table out
28003 of them.
28005 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
28006 creates a single cell table. The text in
28007 the specified region is placed in that
28008 cell.-*-
28010 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
28011 like this.
28013 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28014 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28015 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28017 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
28018 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
28019 | expression, it parses the specified text |
28020 | area and extracts cell items from |
28021 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
28022 | of them. |
28024 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
28025 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
28026 | the specified region is placed in that |
28027 | cell. |
28028 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28030 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
28031 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
28032 independently.
28034 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28035 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28036 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28037 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28038 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
28039 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
28040 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
28041 | |area and extracts cell items from |
28042 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
28043 | |of them. |
28044 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28045 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
28046 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
28047 | |the specified region is placed in that |
28048 | |cell. |
28049 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28051 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
28052 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
28053 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
28055 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
28057 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
28058 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
28059 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
28060 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
28061 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
28063 \(fn)" t nil)
28065 ;;;***
28067 ;;;### (autoloads (tabulated-list-mode) "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
28068 ;;;;;; (20369 14251))
28069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
28071 (autoload 'tabulated-list-mode "tabulated-list" "\
28072 Generic major mode for browsing a list of items.
28073 This mode is usually not used directly; instead, other major
28074 modes are derived from it, using `define-derived-mode'.
28076 In this major mode, the buffer is divided into multiple columns,
28077 which are labeled using the header line. Each non-empty line
28078 belongs to one \"entry\", and the entries can be sorted according
28079 to their column values.
28081 An inheriting mode should usually do the following in their body:
28083 - Set `tabulated-list-format', specifying the column format.
28084 - Set `tabulated-list-revert-hook', if the buffer contents need
28085 to be specially recomputed prior to `revert-buffer'.
28086 - Maybe set a `tabulated-list-entries' function (see below).
28087 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-printer' (see below).
28088 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-padding'.
28089 - Call `tabulated-list-init-header' to initialize `header-line-format'
28090 according to `tabulated-list-format'.
28092 An inheriting mode is usually accompanied by a \"list-FOO\"
28093 command (e.g. `list-packages', `list-processes'). This command
28094 creates or switches to a buffer and enables the major mode in
28095 that buffer. If `tabulated-list-entries' is not a function, the
28096 command should initialize it to a list of entries for displaying.
28097 Finally, it should call `tabulated-list-print'.
28099 `tabulated-list-print' calls the printer function specified by
28100 `tabulated-list-printer', once for each entry. The default
28101 printer is `tabulated-list-print-entry', but a mode that keeps
28102 data in an ewoc may instead specify a printer function (e.g., one
28103 that calls `ewoc-enter-last'), with `tabulated-list-print-entry'
28104 as the ewoc pretty-printer.
28106 \(fn)" t nil)
28108 ;;;***
28110 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20355 10021))
28111 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
28113 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
28114 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
28116 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
28118 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
28119 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
28121 \(fn)" t nil)
28123 ;;;***
28125 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20364 26741))
28126 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
28128 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
28129 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
28130 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
28131 Letters no longer insert themselves.
28132 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
28133 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
28134 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
28136 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
28137 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
28138 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
28139 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
28141 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
28142 \\{tar-mode-map}
28144 \(fn)" t nil)
28146 ;;;***
28148 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
28149 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20355 10021))
28150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
28152 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
28153 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
28154 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
28155 Tab indents for Tcl code.
28156 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
28157 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28159 Variables controlling indentation style:
28160 `tcl-indent-level'
28161 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
28162 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
28163 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
28165 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
28166 documentation for details):
28167 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
28168 Controls action of TAB key.
28169 `tcl-auto-newline'
28170 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
28171 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
28172 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
28173 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
28174 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
28176 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
28177 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
28178 already exist.
28180 \(fn)" t nil)
28182 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
28183 Run inferior Tcl process.
28184 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
28185 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
28187 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
28189 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
28190 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
28191 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
28193 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
28195 ;;;***
28197 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20355 10021))
28198 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
28200 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
28201 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28202 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
28203 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
28205 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
28206 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
28207 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
28208 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
28209 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28211 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
28213 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
28214 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28215 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
28216 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28218 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28220 ;;;***
28222 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
28223 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
28224 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
28226 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
28227 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
28228 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
28229 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
28230 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
28231 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
28233 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
28235 (autoload 'term "term" "\
28236 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28237 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
28238 commands to use in that buffer.
28240 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28242 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
28244 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
28245 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28247 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
28249 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
28250 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
28251 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
28252 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
28253 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
28254 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
28255 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
28256 `serial-process-configure' for details.
28257 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
28258 use in that buffer.
28259 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28261 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
28263 ;;;***
28265 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20355
28266 ;;;;;; 10021))
28267 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
28269 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
28270 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
28271 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
28272 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
28273 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
28274 program as keyboard input.
28276 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
28277 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
28278 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
28279 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
28281 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
28282 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
28283 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
28284 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
28285 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
28287 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
28289 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
28290 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
28291 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
28292 terminal-redisplay-interval.
28294 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
28295 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
28296 subprocess started.
28298 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
28300 ;;;***
28302 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
28303 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
28304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
28306 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
28307 Start coverage on function under point.
28309 \(fn)" t nil)
28311 ;;;***
28313 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20355 10021))
28314 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
28316 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
28317 Play the Tetris game.
28318 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
28319 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
28320 as to form complete rows.
28322 tetris-mode keybindings:
28323 \\<tetris-mode-map>
28324 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
28325 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
28326 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
28327 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
28328 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
28329 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
28330 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
28331 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
28333 \(fn)" t nil)
28335 ;;;***
28337 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
28338 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
28339 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28340 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
28341 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
28342 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
28343 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
28344 ;;;;;; (20364 45187))
28345 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
28347 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
28348 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
28350 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
28352 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
28353 Directory in which temporary files are written.
28354 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
28355 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
28356 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
28358 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
28360 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
28361 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
28362 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28363 if it matches the first line of the file,
28364 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28366 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28368 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28369 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28370 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28371 if the variable is non-nil.")
28373 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28375 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28376 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28378 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28380 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
28381 Command used to run TeX subjob.
28382 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28383 See the documentation of that variable.")
28385 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28387 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
28388 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28389 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28390 See the documentation of that variable.")
28392 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28394 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
28395 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28396 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28397 See the documentation of that variable.")
28399 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28401 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
28402 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28403 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28404 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28405 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28407 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28409 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
28410 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28411 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28412 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28414 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28416 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28417 User defined LaTeX block names.
28418 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28420 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28422 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
28423 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28424 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28425 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28427 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28429 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28430 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28431 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28432 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28434 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28436 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28437 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28438 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28439 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28441 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28442 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28443 for example,
28445 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28446 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28448 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28449 use.")
28451 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28453 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
28454 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28455 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28456 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28457 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28459 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28461 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28463 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
28464 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28465 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28467 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28469 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28470 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28471 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28472 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28473 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28475 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28477 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28478 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28480 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28482 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28483 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28485 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28487 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28488 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28489 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28490 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28491 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
28492 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28493 says which mode to use.
28495 \(fn)" t nil)
28497 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28499 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28501 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28503 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28504 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28505 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28506 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28507 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28509 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28510 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28511 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28512 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28513 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28514 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28515 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28517 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28518 mismatched $'s or braces.
28520 Special commands:
28521 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28523 Mode variables:
28524 tex-run-command
28525 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28526 tex-directory
28527 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28528 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28529 tex-dvi-print-command
28530 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28531 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28532 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28533 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28534 tex-dvi-view-command
28535 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28536 tex-show-queue-command
28537 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28538 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28540 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28541 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28542 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28544 \(fn)" t nil)
28546 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28547 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28548 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28549 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28550 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28552 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28553 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28554 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28555 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28556 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28557 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28558 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28560 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28561 mismatched $'s or braces.
28563 Special commands:
28564 \\{latex-mode-map}
28566 Mode variables:
28567 latex-run-command
28568 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28569 tex-directory
28570 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28571 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28572 tex-dvi-print-command
28573 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28574 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28575 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28576 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28577 tex-dvi-view-command
28578 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28579 tex-show-queue-command
28580 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28581 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28583 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28584 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28585 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28587 \(fn)" t nil)
28589 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28590 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28591 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28592 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28593 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28595 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28596 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28597 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28598 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28599 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28600 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28601 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28603 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28604 mismatched $'s or braces.
28606 Special commands:
28607 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28609 Mode variables:
28610 slitex-run-command
28611 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28612 tex-directory
28613 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28614 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28615 tex-dvi-print-command
28616 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28617 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28618 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28619 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28620 tex-dvi-view-command
28621 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28622 tex-show-queue-command
28623 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28624 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28626 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28627 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28628 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28629 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28631 \(fn)" t nil)
28633 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28636 \(fn)" nil nil)
28638 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28639 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28641 \(fn)" t nil)
28643 ;;;***
28645 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28646 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20355 10021))
28647 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28649 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28650 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28651 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28652 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28654 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28655 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28656 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28658 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28660 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28661 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28662 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28663 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28664 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28666 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28668 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28669 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28670 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28671 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28673 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28674 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28675 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28676 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28678 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28679 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28681 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28683 ;;;***
28685 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28686 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20355 10021))
28687 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28689 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28690 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28692 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28694 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28695 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28697 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28699 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28700 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28702 It has these extra commands:
28703 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28705 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28706 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28707 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28708 modified version of TeX input format.
28710 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28711 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28712 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28713 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28715 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28716 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28717 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28718 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28719 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28720 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28721 in the Texinfo file.
28723 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28724 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28725 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28726 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28727 move forward past the closing brace.
28729 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28730 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28732 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28733 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28734 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28736 Here are the functions:
28738 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28739 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28740 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28742 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28743 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28744 texinfo-master-menu
28746 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28748 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28749 which menu descriptions are indented.
28751 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28752 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28753 in the region.
28755 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28756 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28757 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28758 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28760 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28761 be the first node in the file.
28763 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28764 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28766 \(fn)" t nil)
28768 ;;;***
28770 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28771 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28772 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28775 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28776 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28777 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28778 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28780 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28782 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28783 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28785 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28787 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28788 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28790 \(fn)" t nil)
28792 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28795 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28797 ;;;***
28799 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28800 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28801 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20355 10021))
28802 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28804 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28805 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28806 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28807 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28808 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28809 `line', and `page'.
28811 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28813 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28814 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28815 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28816 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28817 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28818 `line', and `page'.
28820 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28821 valid THING.
28823 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28824 positions of the thing found.
28826 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28828 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28829 Return the THING at point.
28830 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28831 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28832 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28833 `line', and `page'.
28835 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28836 a symbol as a valid THING.
28838 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28840 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28841 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28843 \(fn)" nil nil)
28845 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28846 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28848 \(fn)" nil nil)
28850 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28851 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28853 \(fn)" nil nil)
28855 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28856 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28858 \(fn)" nil nil)
28860 ;;;***
28862 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28863 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28864 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
28865 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28867 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28868 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28870 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28872 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28873 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28874 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28875 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28877 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28879 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28880 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28882 \(fn)" t nil)
28884 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28885 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28887 \(fn)" t nil)
28889 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28891 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28892 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28894 \(fn)" t nil)
28896 ;;;***
28898 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28899 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28900 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28901 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28902 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20355
28903 ;;;;;; 10021))
28904 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28906 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28907 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28908 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28910 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28912 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28913 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28915 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28917 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28918 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28919 The returned string has no composition information.
28921 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28923 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28924 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28926 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28928 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28929 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28931 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28933 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28934 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28935 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28936 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28938 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28940 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28941 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28942 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28943 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28945 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28947 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28948 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28949 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28951 \(fn)" t nil)
28953 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28954 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28955 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28957 \(fn)" t nil)
28959 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28962 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28964 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28967 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28969 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28972 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28974 ;;;***
28976 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28977 ;;;;;; (20373 11301))
28978 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28980 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28981 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28982 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28983 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28984 parameters.
28985 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28987 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28989 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28990 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28991 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28992 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28993 parameters.
28994 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28996 \(fn)" t nil)
28998 ;;;***
29000 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
29001 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
29002 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20355 10021))
29003 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
29005 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
29006 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
29008 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
29009 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
29011 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
29012 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
29013 This display updates automatically every minute.
29014 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
29015 are displayed as well.
29016 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
29018 \(fn)" t nil)
29020 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
29021 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
29022 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29023 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29024 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29025 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
29027 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
29029 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
29030 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
29031 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
29032 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29033 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
29035 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
29036 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
29037 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
29038 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
29039 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
29041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29043 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
29044 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
29045 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
29046 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
29048 \(fn)" t nil)
29050 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
29051 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
29052 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
29053 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
29055 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
29057 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
29058 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
29060 \(fn)" t nil)
29062 ;;;***
29064 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
29065 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
29066 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
29067 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
29068 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
29069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
29071 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
29072 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29073 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
29075 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29076 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
29077 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
29078 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
29079 (progn
29080 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
29081 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
29082 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
29084 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
29085 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
29087 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
29089 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
29090 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
29092 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29094 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
29095 Convert DAYS into a time value.
29097 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
29099 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
29100 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
29101 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
29103 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29105 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
29107 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
29108 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
29109 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
29111 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29113 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
29114 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
29116 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29118 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
29119 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
29120 DATE should be a date-time string.
29122 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29124 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
29125 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
29126 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
29128 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
29130 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
29131 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
29133 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
29135 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
29136 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
29138 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29140 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
29141 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
29142 TIME should be a time value.
29143 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
29145 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29147 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
29148 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29149 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
29151 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29153 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
29154 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
29155 The valid format specifiers are:
29156 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
29157 %d is the number of days.
29158 %h is the number of hours.
29159 %m is the number of minutes.
29160 %s is the number of seconds.
29161 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
29162 %% is a literal \"%\".
29164 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
29165 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
29167 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
29168 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
29169 return something of the form \"001 year\".
29171 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
29172 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
29173 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
29175 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
29177 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
29179 ;;;***
29181 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
29182 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20355 10021))
29183 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
29184 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29185 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
29186 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29187 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29188 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29189 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29190 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29191 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29193 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
29194 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
29195 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
29196 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
29197 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
29198 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
29199 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
29200 look like one of the following:
29201 Time-stamp: <>
29202 Time-stamp: \" \"
29203 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
29204 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
29205 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
29206 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
29207 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
29208 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
29209 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
29210 the template.
29212 \(fn)" t nil)
29214 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
29215 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
29216 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
29218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29220 ;;;***
29222 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
29223 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
29224 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
29225 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
29226 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
29227 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
29229 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
29230 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
29231 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
29232 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
29233 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
29234 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
29235 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
29236 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
29237 display (non-nil means on).
29239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29241 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
29242 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29243 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
29244 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
29245 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
29246 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
29247 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
29248 this function is called within a day.
29250 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
29251 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
29252 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
29253 discover the name of the project.
29255 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
29257 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
29258 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29259 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
29260 begun during the last time segment.
29262 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
29263 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
29264 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
29265 discover the reason.
29267 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
29269 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
29270 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
29271 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
29272 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
29273 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
29275 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29277 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
29278 Change to working on a different project.
29279 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
29280 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
29281 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
29282 working on.
29284 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
29286 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
29287 Ask the user whether to clock out.
29288 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
29290 \(fn)" nil nil)
29292 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
29293 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
29294 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
29296 \(fn)" t nil)
29298 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
29299 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
29300 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
29301 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
29302 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
29303 \"relative to today\".
29305 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29307 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
29308 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
29309 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
29310 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
29312 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
29314 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
29315 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
29316 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
29317 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
29318 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
29319 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
29321 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29323 ;;;***
29325 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
29326 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20355 10021))
29327 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
29329 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29330 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
29331 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
29332 the generated Quail package is saved.
29334 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
29336 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29337 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
29338 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
29339 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
29340 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
29341 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
29342 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
29344 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
29346 ;;;***
29348 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29349 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20356 55829))
29350 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
29351 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
29352 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
29354 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
29355 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29356 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29357 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
29358 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
29360 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
29362 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
29363 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29364 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
29365 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
29366 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29368 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
29370 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29371 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29372 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
29373 in the menu in two ways:
29374 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29375 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29376 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29378 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29379 keymap or an alist of alists.
29380 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29381 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29383 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29385 ;;;***
29387 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29388 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29389 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20355 10021))
29390 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29392 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29393 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29395 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
29397 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29398 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29400 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29402 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29403 Insert new TODO list entry.
29404 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29405 category.
29407 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29409 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29410 List top priorities for each category.
29412 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29413 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
29415 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29416 between each category.
29417 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
29419 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
29421 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29422 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29423 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29424 between each category.
29426 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29428 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29430 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29431 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29433 \(fn)" t nil)
29435 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29436 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29438 \(fn)" nil nil)
29440 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29441 Show TODO list.
29443 \(fn)" t nil)
29445 ;;;***
29447 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29448 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29449 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20355 10021))
29450 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29452 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29453 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29454 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29458 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29459 Add an item to the tool bar.
29460 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29461 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29462 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29463 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29465 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29466 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29467 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29468 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29470 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29471 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29473 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29475 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29476 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29477 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29478 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29479 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29480 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29482 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29483 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29484 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29485 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29487 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29489 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29490 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29491 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29492 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29493 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29494 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29495 properties to add to the binding.
29497 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29499 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29500 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29502 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29504 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29505 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29506 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29507 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29508 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29509 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29510 properties to add to the binding.
29512 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29513 holds a keymap.
29515 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29517 ;;;***
29519 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29520 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
29521 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29523 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29524 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29525 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29528 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29530 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29532 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29533 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
29534 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29535 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29536 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29540 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29542 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29543 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29545 \(fn)" t nil)
29547 ;;;***
29549 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29550 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
29551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29553 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29554 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29556 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29557 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29558 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29559 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29560 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29562 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29563 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29564 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29565 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29566 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29568 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29569 (tpu-edt)
29571 Known Problems:
29573 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29574 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29575 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29576 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29577 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29578 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29580 \(fn)" t nil)
29582 ;;;***
29584 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20355 10021))
29585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29587 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29588 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29589 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29590 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29591 to a tcp server on another machine.
29593 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29595 ;;;***
29597 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29598 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20355 10021))
29599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29601 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29602 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29604 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29606 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29607 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29608 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29609 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29610 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29611 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29612 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29613 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29615 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29617 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29618 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29619 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29620 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29621 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29622 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29623 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29624 the window or buffer configuration.
29626 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29628 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29630 ;;;***
29632 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29633 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29634 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29635 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20373 11301))
29636 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29638 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29639 Whether Tramp is enabled.
29640 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29642 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29644 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29645 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29647 It can have the following values:
29649 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29650 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29651 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29653 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29655 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
29656 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29657 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29658 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29660 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29662 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29663 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29664 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29665 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29667 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
29668 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29669 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29671 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29672 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29673 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29674 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29675 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29676 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29677 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29678 files which are not really Tramp files.
29680 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29681 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29682 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29683 updated after changing this variable.
29685 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29687 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29688 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29689 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29690 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29692 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29694 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29695 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29696 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29697 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29699 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29700 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29701 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29703 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29704 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29705 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29707 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29708 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29709 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29710 updated after changing this variable.
29712 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29714 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29715 Alist of completion handler functions.
29716 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29717 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29718 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29720 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29721 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29722 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29723 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29725 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29726 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29727 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29728 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29730 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29731 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29732 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29734 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29736 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29737 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29738 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29740 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29741 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29743 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29745 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29748 \(fn)" nil nil)
29750 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29751 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29753 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29755 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29756 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29758 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29760 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29761 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29763 \(fn)" t nil)
29765 ;;;***
29767 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29768 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
29769 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29771 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29774 \(fn)" nil nil)
29776 ;;;***
29778 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20369
29779 ;;;;;; 14251))
29780 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29782 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29783 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29784 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29785 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29786 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29787 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29788 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29789 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29791 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29792 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29793 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29795 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29796 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29797 resumed later.
29799 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29801 ;;;***
29803 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29804 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
29805 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29807 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29810 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29812 ;;;***
29814 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29815 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20364 31990))
29816 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29817 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29818 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29819 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29821 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29822 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29823 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29824 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29825 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29826 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29827 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29829 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29831 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29832 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29833 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29834 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29836 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29838 \(fn)" t nil)
29840 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29841 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29842 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29843 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29844 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29845 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29846 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29848 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29849 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29851 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29852 \\___/\\
29853 / \\
29854 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29856 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29858 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29860 ;;;***
29862 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29863 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29864 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29865 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29866 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
29867 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29869 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29870 Toggle typing break mode.
29871 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29873 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29875 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29877 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29878 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29880 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29882 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29883 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29885 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29886 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29887 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29889 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29890 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29892 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29894 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29895 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29897 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29898 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29899 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29900 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29902 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29904 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29905 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29906 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29908 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29909 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29910 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29911 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29912 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29913 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29915 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29916 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29917 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29918 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29920 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29921 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29923 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29924 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29926 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29928 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29929 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29930 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29932 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29933 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29934 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29935 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29936 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29937 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29938 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29940 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29941 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29943 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29944 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29945 reset the keystroke counter.
29947 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29948 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29949 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29950 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29952 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29953 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29954 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29955 `type-break-schedule' command.
29957 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29958 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29959 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29960 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29961 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29962 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29963 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29964 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29965 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29967 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29968 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29969 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29970 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29971 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29973 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29974 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29975 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29976 approximate good values for this.
29978 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29979 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29981 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29982 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29983 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29984 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29985 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29986 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29988 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29989 a typing break occur. They include:
29991 `type-break-query-mode'
29992 `type-break-query-function'
29993 `type-break-query-interval'
29995 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29997 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29998 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29999 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
30000 problems.
30002 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
30004 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
30005 Take a typing break.
30007 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
30008 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
30010 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
30011 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
30013 \(fn)" t nil)
30015 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
30016 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
30017 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
30018 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
30020 \(fn)" t nil)
30022 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
30023 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
30025 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
30026 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
30027 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
30028 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
30029 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
30030 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
30031 average typing speed.)
30033 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
30034 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
30035 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
30036 the computed maximum threshold.
30038 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
30039 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
30040 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
30041 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
30042 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
30044 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
30046 ;;;***
30048 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20355 10021))
30049 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
30051 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
30052 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
30053 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
30054 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
30055 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
30057 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
30059 ;;;***
30061 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
30062 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
30063 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
30064 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
30065 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
30066 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20355 10021))
30067 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
30069 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30070 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
30072 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30074 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30075 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
30077 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30079 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30080 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
30082 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30084 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30085 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
30087 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30089 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30090 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
30092 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30094 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30095 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
30097 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30099 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30100 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
30102 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30104 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30105 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
30107 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30109 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30110 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30112 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30114 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30115 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30117 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30119 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30120 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30122 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30124 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30125 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30127 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30129 ;;;***
30131 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
30132 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20355 10021))
30133 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
30135 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
30136 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
30137 Works by overstriking underscores.
30138 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30139 which specify the range to operate on.
30141 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30143 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
30144 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
30145 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30146 which specify the range to operate on.
30148 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30150 ;;;***
30152 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
30153 ;;;;;; (20369 14251))
30154 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
30156 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
30157 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
30158 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
30159 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
30160 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
30161 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
30163 \(fn)" nil nil)
30165 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
30166 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
30168 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
30170 ;;;***
30172 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20355
30173 ;;;;;; 10021))
30174 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
30176 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
30177 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
30178 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
30179 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
30181 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
30183 ;;;***
30185 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
30186 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20378 29222))
30187 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
30189 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
30190 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30191 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
30193 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
30194 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
30195 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
30196 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
30197 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
30198 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
30200 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
30201 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
30202 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
30204 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
30205 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
30206 the callback is not called).
30208 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
30209 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
30210 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
30211 take effect.
30213 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
30214 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
30215 the server.
30216 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
30217 URL-encoded before it's used.
30219 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30221 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
30222 Retrieve URL synchronously.
30223 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
30224 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
30225 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
30227 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30229 ;;;***
30231 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
30232 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20355 10021))
30233 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
30235 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
30236 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
30237 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
30239 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
30240 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
30241 `url-generic-parse-url'
30242 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
30243 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
30244 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
30245 realm
30246 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
30247 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
30248 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
30249 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
30250 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
30251 what type of auth to use
30252 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
30253 if one cannot be found in the cache
30255 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
30257 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
30258 Register an HTTP authentication method.
30260 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
30261 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
30262 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
30263 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
30264 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
30265 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
30266 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
30267 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
30269 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
30271 ;;;***
30273 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
30274 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20355 10021))
30275 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
30277 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
30278 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
30280 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
30282 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
30283 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
30284 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
30286 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30288 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
30289 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
30291 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
30293 ;;;***
30295 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20355 10021))
30296 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
30298 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
30301 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30303 ;;;***
30305 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
30306 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (20355 10021))
30307 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
30309 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
30312 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30314 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
30317 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30319 ;;;***
30321 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20355
30322 ;;;;;; 10021))
30323 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
30325 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
30326 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
30328 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30330 ;;;***
30332 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
30333 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20355 10021))
30334 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
30336 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
30337 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
30339 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
30341 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
30342 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
30343 Args per `open-network-stream'.
30344 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
30345 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
30347 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
30349 ;;;***
30351 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
30352 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
30353 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30354 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
30356 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
30357 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
30358 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30359 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30360 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30361 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
30363 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
30365 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
30366 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
30367 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
30368 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30369 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30373 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
30374 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
30375 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
30376 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
30378 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30380 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
30381 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
30382 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
30383 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
30384 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
30385 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
30386 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
30387 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
30388 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
30389 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
30391 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
30393 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
30394 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
30395 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
30396 accessible.
30398 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30400 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
30403 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
30405 ;;;***
30407 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
30408 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20355 10021))
30409 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
30411 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
30412 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
30413 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
30414 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
30415 CBARGS as the arguments.
30417 Optional arg RETRY-BUFFER, if non-nil, specifies the buffer of a
30418 previous `url-http' call, which is being re-attempted.
30420 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS &optional RETRY-BUFFER)" nil nil)
30422 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
30425 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30427 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
30429 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
30432 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
30434 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
30435 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
30436 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
30438 Property list members:
30440 methods
30441 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
30442 supports.
30445 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
30446 supported.
30448 dasl
30449 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
30451 ranges
30452 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
30455 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
30456 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
30457 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
30458 Emacs/W3.
30460 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30462 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
30463 Default HTTPS port.")
30465 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
30466 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
30467 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30469 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30470 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30471 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30472 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30473 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30475 ;;;***
30477 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20355 10021))
30478 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30480 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30483 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30485 ;;;***
30487 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20355
30488 ;;;;;; 10021))
30489 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30491 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30492 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30493 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30494 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30495 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30497 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30499 ;;;***
30501 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30502 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30503 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30505 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30508 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30510 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30511 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30513 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30515 ;;;***
30517 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30518 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20355 10021))
30519 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30521 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30522 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30524 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30526 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30527 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30529 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30531 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30534 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30536 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30538 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30540 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30542 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30543 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30545 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30547 ;;;***
30549 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30550 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30551 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30553 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30556 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30558 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30561 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30563 ;;;***
30565 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30566 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30567 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30568 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30570 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30573 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30575 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30578 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30580 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30583 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30585 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30588 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30590 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30593 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30595 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30598 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30600 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30603 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30605 ;;;***
30607 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30608 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20355 10021))
30609 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30611 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30612 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30614 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30616 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30617 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30618 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30619 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
30621 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30623 ;;;***
30625 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30626 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30627 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30629 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30630 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30632 \(fn)" t nil)
30634 ;;;***
30636 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30637 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30638 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30640 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30641 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30642 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
30643 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
30644 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
30645 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
30647 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30649 ;;;***
30651 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30652 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
30653 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
30654 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
30655 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
30656 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
30657 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20356 27828))
30658 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30660 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30661 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30662 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30664 If t, all messages will be logged.
30665 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30666 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30668 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30670 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30673 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30675 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30678 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30680 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30681 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30682 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30683 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30684 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30685 & ==> &amp;
30686 < ==> &lt;
30687 > ==> &gt;
30688 \" ==> &quot;
30690 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30692 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30693 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30694 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30696 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30698 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30699 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30700 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30702 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30704 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30705 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30707 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30709 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30710 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30712 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30714 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30715 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30717 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30719 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30722 \(fn N)" nil nil)
30724 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30727 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30729 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30732 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30734 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30736 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30737 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30739 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30741 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30742 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30744 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30746 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30749 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30751 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30752 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30753 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30754 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30755 forbidden in URL encoding.
30757 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30759 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30760 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
30761 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
30762 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
30763 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
30764 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
30766 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30768 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30769 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30770 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30771 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30773 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30775 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30776 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30777 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30779 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30781 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30782 View the current document's URL.
30783 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30784 the minibuffer.
30786 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30788 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30790 ;;;***
30792 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30793 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20355 10021))
30794 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30796 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30797 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30798 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30799 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30800 to refrain from editing the file
30801 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30802 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30803 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30804 in any way you like.
30806 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30808 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30809 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30810 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30811 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30812 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30814 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30815 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30817 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30819 ;;;***
30821 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30822 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30823 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20355 10021))
30824 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30826 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30829 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30831 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30834 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30836 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30839 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30841 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30844 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30846 ;;;***
30848 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20355 10021))
30849 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30851 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30852 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30854 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30856 ;;;***
30858 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30859 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30860 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
30861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30863 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30864 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30865 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30866 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30868 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30870 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30871 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30872 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30874 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30876 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30877 Uudecode region between START and END.
30878 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30880 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30882 ;;;***
30884 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30885 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30886 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30887 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30888 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30889 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30890 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20377
30891 ;;;;;; 8374))
30892 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30894 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30895 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30896 See `run-hooks'.")
30898 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30900 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30901 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30902 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30904 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30906 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30907 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30908 See `run-hooks'.")
30910 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30912 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30913 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30914 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
30915 same state. If not, signal an error.
30917 For merging-based version control systems:
30918 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
30919 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
30920 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
30921 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
30922 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
30923 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
30925 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
30926 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
30927 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
30928 the file(s) for editing.
30929 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
30930 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
30931 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
30932 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
30933 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
30934 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
30936 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30938 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30939 Register into a version control system.
30940 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30941 Otherwise register the current file.
30942 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30943 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30945 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30946 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30947 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30948 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30949 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30950 first backend that could register the file is used.
30952 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30954 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30955 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30957 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30959 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30960 Display diffs between file revisions.
30961 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30962 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30963 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30965 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30966 saving the buffer.
30968 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30970 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30971 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30972 repository history using ediff.
30974 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30976 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30977 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30978 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30979 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30980 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30982 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30983 saving the buffer.
30985 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30987 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30988 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30989 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30990 fileset with the working revision.
30991 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30992 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30994 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30995 saving the buffer.
30997 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30999 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
31000 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
31001 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
31002 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
31004 \(fn REV)" t nil)
31006 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
31007 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
31008 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
31009 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
31011 \(fn)" t nil)
31013 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
31014 Perform a version control merge operation.
31015 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31016 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
31017 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
31018 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
31020 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
31021 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
31022 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
31023 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
31024 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
31025 changes from the current branch.
31027 \(fn)" t nil)
31029 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
31031 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
31032 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
31033 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
31034 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
31035 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
31036 checked out in that new branch.
31038 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
31040 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
31041 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
31042 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
31043 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
31044 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
31045 allowed and simply skipped).
31047 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
31049 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
31050 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
31051 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
31052 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31053 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31055 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
31056 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
31058 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
31060 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
31061 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
31062 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31063 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31064 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
31066 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
31068 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
31069 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
31070 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
31072 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31074 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
31075 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
31076 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
31078 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31080 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
31081 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
31082 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
31083 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
31085 \(fn)" t nil)
31087 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
31088 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
31089 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
31090 depending on the underlying version-control system.
31092 \(fn)" t nil)
31094 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
31096 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
31097 Update the current fileset or branch.
31098 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31099 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
31100 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
31101 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
31103 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
31104 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
31105 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
31106 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
31107 tip revision are merged into the working file.
31109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31111 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
31113 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
31114 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
31115 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
31116 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
31117 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
31118 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
31119 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
31121 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
31123 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
31124 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
31125 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
31126 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
31127 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
31128 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
31129 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
31130 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
31131 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
31133 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
31135 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
31136 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
31138 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31140 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
31141 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
31143 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
31145 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
31146 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
31147 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
31148 directory.
31150 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
31152 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
31153 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
31154 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
31156 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
31157 log entries should be gathered.
31159 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
31161 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
31162 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
31164 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
31166 ;;;***
31168 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
31169 ;;;;;; (20356 55829))
31170 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
31172 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
31173 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
31175 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
31176 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
31177 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
31178 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
31179 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
31180 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31182 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
31183 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
31184 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
31185 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
31186 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
31187 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
31188 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
31189 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31191 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
31193 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
31195 Customization variables:
31197 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
31198 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
31199 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
31200 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
31202 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
31204 ;;;***
31206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20377 8374))
31207 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
31208 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
31209 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
31210 (progn
31211 (load "vc-arch")
31212 (vc-arch-registered file))))
31214 ;;;***
31216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20377 8374))
31217 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
31219 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
31220 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
31222 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
31223 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
31224 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
31225 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
31226 (progn
31227 (load "vc-bzr")
31228 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
31230 ;;;***
31232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20377 8374))
31233 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
31234 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
31235 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
31236 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
31237 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
31238 (load "vc-cvs")
31239 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
31241 ;;;***
31243 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20377 8374))
31244 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
31246 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
31247 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
31248 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
31249 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
31250 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
31252 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
31253 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
31254 The file lines appear later.
31256 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
31257 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
31259 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
31261 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
31263 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
31265 ;;;***
31267 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
31268 ;;;;;; (20364 45187))
31269 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
31271 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
31272 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
31273 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
31274 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
31275 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
31276 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
31277 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
31278 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
31279 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
31280 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
31281 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
31282 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
31283 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
31284 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
31285 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
31287 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
31289 ;;;***
31291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20378 29222))
31292 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
31293 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
31294 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
31295 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
31296 (progn
31297 (load "vc-git")
31298 (vc-git-registered file))))
31300 ;;;***
31302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20377 8374))
31303 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
31304 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
31305 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
31306 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
31307 (progn
31308 (load "vc-hg")
31309 (vc-hg-registered file))))
31311 ;;;***
31313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20377 8374))
31314 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
31316 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
31317 Name of the monotone directory.")
31319 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
31320 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
31321 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
31322 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
31323 (progn
31324 (load "vc-mtn")
31325 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
31327 ;;;***
31329 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
31330 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
31331 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
31333 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
31334 Where to look for RCS master files.
31335 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31337 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
31339 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
31341 ;;;***
31343 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
31344 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
31345 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
31347 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
31348 Where to look for SCCS master files.
31349 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31351 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
31352 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
31354 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
31355 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
31356 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
31357 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
31359 ;;;***
31361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20355 10021))
31362 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
31363 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
31364 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
31365 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
31366 "_svn")
31367 (t ".svn"))))
31368 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
31369 (load "vc-svn")
31370 (vc-svn-registered f))))
31372 ;;;***
31374 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
31375 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
31376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
31377 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
31379 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
31380 Major mode for editing Vera code.
31382 Usage:
31383 ------
31385 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
31386 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
31387 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
31388 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
31390 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
31391 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
31392 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
31393 completions.
31395 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
31396 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
31398 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
31399 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31401 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
31402 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
31403 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
31405 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
31408 Maintenance:
31409 ------------
31411 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
31412 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31414 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
31416 Official distribution is at
31417 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
31420 The Vera Mode Maintainer
31421 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
31423 Key bindings:
31424 -------------
31426 \\{vera-mode-map}
31428 \(fn)" t nil)
31430 ;;;***
31432 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
31433 ;;;;;; (20373 11301))
31434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
31436 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
31437 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
31438 \\<verilog-mode-map>
31439 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
31440 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
31442 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
31444 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
31445 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
31447 Supports highlighting.
31449 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
31450 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
31452 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
31454 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
31455 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
31456 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
31457 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
31458 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
31459 on the left side of your screen.
31460 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
31461 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
31462 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
31463 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
31464 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
31465 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
31466 function keyword.
31467 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
31468 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
31469 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
31470 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
31471 if (a)
31472 begin
31473 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
31474 Indentation for case statements.
31475 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
31476 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
31477 mark after an end.
31478 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
31479 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
31480 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
31481 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
31482 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
31483 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
31484 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
31485 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
31486 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
31487 if (a)
31488 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
31489 otherwise you get:
31490 if (a)
31491 begin
31492 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
31493 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
31494 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
31495 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
31496 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
31497 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
31498 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
31499 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
31500 comments in tight quarters.
31501 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
31502 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
31504 Variables controlling other actions:
31506 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
31507 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
31508 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
31510 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
31512 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
31514 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
31515 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
31516 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
31518 Some other functions are:
31520 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31521 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
31522 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
31523 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
31524 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31526 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
31527 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31528 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
31529 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
31531 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31532 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31533 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31534 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31535 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31536 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31537 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31538 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31539 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31540 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
31541 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
31542 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31543 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31544 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31545 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31546 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31547 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31548 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31549 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31550 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31551 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31552 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31553 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31554 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31555 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31556 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31557 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31558 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31559 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31560 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31562 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31563 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31565 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31567 \(fn)" t nil)
31569 ;;;***
31571 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31572 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
31573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31575 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31576 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31578 Usage:
31579 ------
31581 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31582 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31583 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31584 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31585 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31586 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31587 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31588 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31589 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
31591 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31592 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31593 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31594 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31596 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31597 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31598 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31599 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31600 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31602 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31603 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31606 HEADER INSERTION:
31607 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31608 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31609 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31612 STUTTERING:
31613 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31614 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31615 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31616 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31618 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31619 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31620 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31621 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31622 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31625 WORD COMPLETION:
31626 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31627 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31628 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31629 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31631 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31632 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31633 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31634 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31635 beginning with \"std\").
31637 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31638 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31639 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31640 stop.
31643 COMMENTS:
31644 `--' puts a single comment.
31645 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31646 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31647 with a comment in between.
31648 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31649 out following lines.
31650 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31651 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31653 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31654 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31655 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31656 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31657 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31658 non-nil.
31660 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31661 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31662 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31663 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31664 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31665 multi-line comments.
31668 INDENTATION:
31669 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31670 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31671 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31672 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
31674 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31675 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31676 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31677 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31679 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31680 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31681 and vice versa.
31683 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31684 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31687 ALIGNMENT:
31688 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31689 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31690 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31691 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31692 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31693 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31694 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31695 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31697 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31698 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31699 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31700 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31701 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31702 is non-nil.
31704 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31705 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31706 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31708 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31709 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31712 CODE FILLING:
31713 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31714 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31715 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31716 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31717 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31718 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31721 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31722 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31723 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
31724 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31725 command:
31727 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31730 PORT TRANSLATION:
31731 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31732 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31733 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31734 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31735 internal signal initializations (menu).
31737 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31738 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31739 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31741 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31742 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31743 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31744 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31745 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31746 in subsequent paste operations.)
31748 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31749 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31750 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31753 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31754 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31755 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31756 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31757 association list with formals).
31760 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31761 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31762 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31763 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31764 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31765 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31766 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31767 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31768 `vhdl-testbench'.
31771 KEY BINDINGS:
31772 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31775 VHDL MENU:
31776 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31779 FILE BROWSER:
31780 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31781 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31782 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31784 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31785 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31788 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31789 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31790 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31791 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31793 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31794 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31795 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31797 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31798 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31799 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31800 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31802 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31803 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31804 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31805 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31806 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31808 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31809 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31810 required by secondary units.
31813 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31814 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
31815 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31816 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31817 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31818 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31819 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
31820 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31821 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31822 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31823 inputs to this component -> input port created
31824 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31825 outputs from this component -> output port created
31826 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31827 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31829 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31830 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31831 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31832 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31833 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31835 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31836 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31838 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31839 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31840 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31841 component instantiation is also supported (option
31842 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31844 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31845 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31846 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31847 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31848 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31849 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31850 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31851 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31852 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31853 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31854 | generating the configuration.
31856 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31857 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31858 | configurations in speedbar.
31860 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31863 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31864 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31865 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31866 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31867 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31868 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31869 information. New compilers can be added.
31871 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31872 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31875 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31876 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31877 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31878 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31879 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31881 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31882 command:
31884 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31885 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31886 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31888 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31889 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31890 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31891 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31892 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31893 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31894 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31896 Limitations:
31897 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31898 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31899 not (yet) supported.
31900 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31901 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31902 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31905 PROJECTS:
31906 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31907 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31908 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31909 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31910 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31911 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31912 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31913 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31915 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31916 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31917 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31918 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31919 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31920 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31921 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31922 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31923 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31924 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31925 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31928 SPECIAL MENUES:
31929 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31930 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31931 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31932 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31933 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31934 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31935 current directory for VHDL source files.
31938 VHDL STANDARDS:
31939 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31940 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31943 KEYWORD CASE:
31944 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31945 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31946 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31947 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31948 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31949 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31950 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31951 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31954 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31955 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31956 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31957 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31958 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31959 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31960 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31962 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31963 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31964 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31965 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31966 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31967 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31969 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31970 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31971 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31972 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31973 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31974 visually.
31976 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31977 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31978 highlighted if written in lower case.
31980 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31981 highlighted using a different background color if option
31982 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31984 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31985 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31986 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31987 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31988 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31991 USER MODELS:
31992 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31993 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31994 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31997 HIDE/SHOW:
31998 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31999 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
32000 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
32001 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
32002 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
32005 CODE UPDATING:
32006 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
32007 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
32008 Limitations:
32009 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
32010 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
32011 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
32012 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
32013 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
32014 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
32015 (used to obtain the port names).
32018 CODE FIXING:
32019 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
32020 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
32023 PRINTING:
32024 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
32025 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
32026 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
32027 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
32028 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
32029 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
32030 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
32031 printers.
32034 OPTIONS:
32035 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
32036 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
32037 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
32038 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
32039 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
32041 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
32042 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
32043 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
32044 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
32045 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
32046 INSTALL file).
32048 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
32049 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
32052 FILE EXTENSIONS:
32053 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
32054 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
32055 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
32057 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
32060 HINTS:
32061 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
32062 a VHDL file first, use the command:
32064 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
32066 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
32068 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
32071 RELEASE NOTES:
32072 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
32075 Maintenance:
32076 ------------
32078 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
32079 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
32081 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
32083 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
32084 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
32085 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
32086 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
32088 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
32089 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
32090 where the latest version can be found.
32093 Known problems:
32094 ---------------
32096 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
32097 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
32098 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
32101 The VHDL Mode Authors
32102 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
32104 Key bindings:
32105 -------------
32107 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
32109 \(fn)" t nil)
32111 ;;;***
32113 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20355 10021))
32114 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
32116 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
32117 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
32118 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
32119 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
32121 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
32122 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
32123 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
32124 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
32125 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
32127 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
32128 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
32130 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
32132 * Limitations and unsupported features
32133 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
32134 not supported.
32135 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
32136 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
32138 * Modifications
32139 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
32140 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
32141 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
32142 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
32143 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
32144 for undoing a repeated change command.
32145 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
32146 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
32147 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
32149 * Extensions
32150 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
32151 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
32152 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
32153 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
32154 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
32155 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
32156 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
32157 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
32159 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
32161 \(fn)" t nil)
32163 ;;;***
32165 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
32166 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
32167 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
32168 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20355 10021))
32169 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
32171 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
32172 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
32174 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
32176 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32177 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
32178 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32179 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32181 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32183 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32184 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
32186 \(fn)" t nil)
32188 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32189 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32190 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32191 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32193 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32195 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32196 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32198 \(fn)" t nil)
32200 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
32203 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32205 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
32208 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32210 ;;;***
32212 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
32213 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
32214 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
32215 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
32216 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20355 10021))
32217 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
32219 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
32220 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
32221 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
32223 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
32225 (defvar view-mode nil "\
32226 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
32227 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
32228 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
32230 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
32232 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
32233 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
32235 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
32237 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
32238 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32239 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32240 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32241 moving around in the buffer.
32242 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32243 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32245 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32247 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32249 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
32250 View FILE in View mode in another window.
32251 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
32252 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
32254 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32255 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32256 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32257 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32258 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32260 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32262 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32264 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
32265 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
32266 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
32267 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
32268 buffer.
32270 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32271 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32272 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32273 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32274 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32276 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32278 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32280 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
32281 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32282 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32283 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32284 moving around in the buffer.
32285 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32286 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32288 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32290 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32291 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32292 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32294 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
32295 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
32296 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
32297 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
32299 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32300 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32301 own View-like bindings.
32303 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32305 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
32306 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
32307 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32308 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32309 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32310 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32311 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32313 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32315 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32317 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32318 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32319 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32321 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32322 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32323 own View-like bindings.
32325 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32327 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
32328 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
32329 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32330 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32331 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32332 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32333 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32335 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32337 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32339 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32340 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32341 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32343 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32344 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32345 own View-like bindings.
32347 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32349 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
32350 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
32351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
32352 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
32353 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32355 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
32356 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
32357 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
32358 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
32360 \\<view-mode-map>
32362 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
32363 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
32364 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
32365 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
32366 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
32367 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
32368 to a repeat count of one.
32370 H, h, ? This message.
32371 Digits provide prefix arguments.
32372 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
32373 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
32374 > move to the end of buffer.
32375 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
32376 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
32377 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
32378 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
32379 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
32380 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32381 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32382 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32383 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
32384 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32385 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
32386 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
32387 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
32388 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
32389 Use this to view a changing file.
32390 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
32391 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
32392 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
32393 . set the mark.
32394 x exchanges point and mark.
32395 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
32396 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
32397 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
32398 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
32399 ' go to position saved in character register.
32400 s do forward incremental search.
32401 r do reverse incremental search.
32402 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
32403 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
32404 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
32405 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
32406 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
32407 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
32408 p searches backward for last regular expression.
32409 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
32410 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
32411 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
32412 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
32413 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
32414 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
32415 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
32416 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
32417 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
32418 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
32420 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
32421 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
32422 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
32423 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
32424 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
32425 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
32426 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
32427 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
32428 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
32430 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32434 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
32435 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
32436 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
32437 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
32438 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
32439 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
32440 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
32441 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
32442 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
32444 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
32446 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
32447 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
32448 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
32449 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
32450 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
32451 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
32453 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
32454 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
32455 called by `view-mode-exit'.
32457 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32459 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32461 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
32463 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
32464 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
32466 \(fn)" t nil)
32468 ;;;***
32470 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20355
32471 ;;;;;; 10021))
32472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
32474 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
32475 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
32477 \(fn)" nil nil)
32479 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
32480 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
32482 \(fn)" t nil)
32484 ;;;***
32486 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
32487 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
32488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
32490 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
32491 Toggle Viper on/off.
32492 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
32494 \(fn)" t nil)
32496 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
32497 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
32499 \(fn)" t nil)
32501 ;;;***
32503 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
32504 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
32505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
32507 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
32508 Function to generate warning prefixes.
32509 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
32510 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
32511 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
32512 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
32513 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
32514 the beginning of the warning.")
32516 (defvar warning-series nil "\
32517 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
32518 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
32519 which is the start of the current series; it means that
32520 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
32521 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
32522 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
32523 also call that function before the next warning.")
32525 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
32526 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
32528 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
32529 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
32530 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
32531 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
32533 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
32534 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
32535 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32536 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32537 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32538 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32540 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32541 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32542 Default is :warning.
32544 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32545 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32546 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32547 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32548 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32549 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32551 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32552 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32553 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32555 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32557 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32558 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32560 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32562 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32563 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32564 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32565 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32567 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32568 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32569 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32570 can be whatever you like.)
32572 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32573 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32575 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32576 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32577 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32578 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32579 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32581 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32583 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32584 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32585 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32586 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32587 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32589 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32591 ;;;***
32593 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32594 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
32595 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32597 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32598 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
32599 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32600 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
32601 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
32602 in disk.
32604 See `wdired-mode'.
32606 \(fn)" t nil)
32608 ;;;***
32610 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20355 10021))
32611 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32613 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32614 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32616 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32617 hotlist.
32619 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32620 <nwv@acm.org>.
32622 \(fn)" t nil)
32624 ;;;***
32626 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode which-func-mode) "which-func"
32627 ;;;;;; "progmodes/which-func.el" (20378 29222))
32628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32629 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32630 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32632 (autoload 'which-func-mode "which-func" "\
32635 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
32637 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32638 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32639 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32640 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32641 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32642 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32644 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32646 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32647 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
32648 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
32649 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32650 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32652 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
32653 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
32654 in certain major modes.
32656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32658 ;;;***
32660 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32661 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32662 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32663 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20355 10021))
32664 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32666 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32667 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
32668 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
32669 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32670 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32672 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32673 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32677 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32678 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
32679 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
32680 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32681 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32683 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32684 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32685 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32686 use `whitespace-mode'.
32688 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32692 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32693 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32694 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32695 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32696 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32697 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32699 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32701 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32702 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
32703 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
32704 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32705 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32707 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32708 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32712 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32713 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32714 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32716 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32717 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32719 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32721 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32722 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
32723 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
32724 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
32725 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32727 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32728 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32729 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32730 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32732 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32736 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32737 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32739 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32740 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32742 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32743 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32745 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32747 CHAR MEANING
32748 (VIA FACES)
32749 f toggle face visualization
32750 t toggle TAB visualization
32751 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32752 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32753 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32754 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32755 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32756 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32757 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32758 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32759 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32760 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32761 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32762 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32763 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32764 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32765 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32767 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32768 T toggle TAB visualization
32769 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32770 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32772 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32773 ? display brief help
32775 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32776 The valid symbols are:
32778 face toggle face visualization
32779 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32780 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32781 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32782 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32783 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32784 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32785 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32786 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32787 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32788 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32789 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32790 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32791 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32792 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32793 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32794 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32796 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32797 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32798 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32800 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32802 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32804 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32806 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32807 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32809 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32810 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32812 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32813 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32815 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32817 CHAR MEANING
32818 (VIA FACES)
32819 f toggle face visualization
32820 t toggle TAB visualization
32821 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32822 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32823 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32824 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32825 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32826 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32827 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32828 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32829 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32830 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32831 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32832 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32833 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32834 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32835 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32837 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32838 T toggle TAB visualization
32839 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32840 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32842 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32843 ? display brief help
32845 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32846 The valid symbols are:
32848 face toggle face visualization
32849 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32850 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32851 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32852 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32853 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32854 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32855 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32856 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32857 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32858 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32859 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32860 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32861 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32862 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32863 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32864 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32866 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32867 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32868 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32870 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32872 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32874 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32876 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32877 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32879 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32880 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32881 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32882 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32883 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32885 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32887 The problems cleaned up are:
32889 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32890 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32891 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32892 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32894 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32895 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32896 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32897 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32898 SPACEs.
32899 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32900 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32901 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32902 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32904 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32905 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32906 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32907 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32908 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32909 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32910 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32911 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32913 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32914 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32915 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32917 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32918 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32919 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32920 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32921 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32922 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32923 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32924 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32926 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32927 documentation.
32929 \(fn)" t nil)
32931 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32932 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32934 The problems cleaned up are:
32936 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32937 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32938 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32939 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32940 SPACEs.
32941 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32942 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32943 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32944 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32946 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32947 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32948 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32949 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32950 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32951 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32952 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32953 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32955 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32956 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32957 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32959 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32960 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32961 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32962 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32963 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32964 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32965 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32966 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32968 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32969 documentation.
32971 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32973 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32974 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32976 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32977 non-nil.
32979 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32980 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32981 `whitespace-style' to have:
32983 empty
32984 trailing
32985 indentation
32986 space-before-tab
32987 space-after-tab
32989 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32990 whitespace problems in buffer.
32992 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32994 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32995 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32996 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32997 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32998 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32999 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33000 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33002 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33003 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33004 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33005 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33006 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
33007 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33008 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33010 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33011 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33012 cleaning up these problems.
33014 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33016 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
33017 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
33019 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
33020 non-nil.
33022 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
33023 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
33024 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
33026 empty
33027 indentation
33028 space-before-tab
33029 trailing
33030 space-after-tab
33032 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
33033 whitespace problems in buffer.
33035 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
33037 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
33038 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33039 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33040 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33041 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33042 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33043 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33045 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33046 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33047 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33048 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33049 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
33050 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33051 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33053 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33054 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33055 cleaning up these problems.
33057 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33059 ;;;***
33061 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
33062 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20355 10021))
33063 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
33065 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
33066 Browse the widget under point.
33068 \(fn POS)" t nil)
33070 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
33071 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
33073 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
33075 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
33076 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
33078 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
33080 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
33081 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
33082 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
33083 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
33084 if ARG is omitted or nil.
33086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33088 ;;;***
33090 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
33091 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20373
33092 ;;;;;; 11301))
33093 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
33095 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
33096 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
33098 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33100 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
33101 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
33102 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
33104 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
33106 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
33107 Create widget of TYPE.
33108 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
33110 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33112 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
33113 Delete WIDGET.
33115 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33117 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
33118 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
33120 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33122 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
33123 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
33124 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
33125 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
33127 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
33128 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
33130 \(fn)" nil nil)
33132 ;;;***
33134 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
33135 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20355
33136 ;;;;;; 10021))
33137 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
33139 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
33140 Select the window to the left of the current one.
33141 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33142 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33143 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
33144 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33145 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33149 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
33150 Select the window above the current one.
33151 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
33152 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
33153 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
33154 negative ARG) of the current window.
33155 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33159 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
33160 Select the window to the right of the current one.
33161 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33162 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
33163 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
33164 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
33165 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33169 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
33170 Select the window below the current one.
33171 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33172 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33173 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
33174 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33175 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33179 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
33180 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
33181 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
33182 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
33184 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
33186 ;;;***
33188 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
33189 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
33190 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
33192 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
33193 Toggle Winner mode.
33194 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33195 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
33197 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
33199 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
33200 Toggle Winner mode.
33201 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
33203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33205 ;;;***
33207 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
33208 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20370 35109))
33209 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
33211 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
33212 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
33213 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
33214 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
33215 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
33217 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
33219 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
33220 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
33221 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
33222 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
33223 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
33224 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
33225 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
33226 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
33228 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
33229 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
33231 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
33233 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
33234 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
33236 \(fn)" t nil)
33238 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
33239 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
33240 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
33241 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
33242 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
33243 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
33244 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
33245 `woman' command for further details.
33247 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
33249 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
33250 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
33252 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
33254 ;;;***
33256 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
33257 ;;;;;; (20355 10021))
33258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
33260 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
33261 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
33263 BUGS:
33264 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
33265 are not implemented
33266 - Options for search and replace
33267 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
33268 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
33270 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
33271 Emacs-like.
33273 The key bindings are:
33275 C-a backward-word
33276 C-b fill-paragraph
33277 C-c scroll-up-line
33278 C-d forward-char
33279 C-e previous-line
33280 C-f forward-word
33281 C-g delete-char
33282 C-h backward-char
33283 C-i indent-for-tab-command
33284 C-j help-for-help
33285 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
33286 C-l ws-repeat-search
33287 C-n open-line
33288 C-p quoted-insert
33289 C-r scroll-down-line
33290 C-s backward-char
33291 C-t kill-word
33292 C-u keyboard-quit
33293 C-v overwrite-mode
33294 C-w scroll-down
33295 C-x next-line
33296 C-y kill-complete-line
33297 C-z scroll-up
33299 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
33300 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
33301 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
33302 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
33303 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
33304 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
33305 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
33306 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
33307 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
33308 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
33309 C-k b ws-begin-block
33310 C-k c ws-copy-block
33311 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
33312 C-k f find-file
33313 C-k h ws-show-markers
33314 C-k i ws-indent-block
33315 C-k k ws-end-block
33316 C-k p ws-print-block
33317 C-k q kill-emacs
33318 C-k r insert-file
33319 C-k s save-some-buffers
33320 C-k t ws-mark-word
33321 C-k u ws-exdent-block
33322 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
33323 C-k v ws-move-block
33324 C-k w ws-write-block
33325 C-k x kill-emacs
33326 C-k y ws-delete-block
33328 C-o c wordstar-center-line
33329 C-o b switch-to-buffer
33330 C-o j justify-current-line
33331 C-o k kill-buffer
33332 C-o l list-buffers
33333 C-o m auto-fill-mode
33334 C-o r set-fill-column
33335 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
33336 C-o wd delete-other-windows
33337 C-o wh split-window-right
33338 C-o wo other-window
33339 C-o wv split-window-below
33341 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
33342 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
33343 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
33344 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
33345 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
33346 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
33347 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
33348 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
33349 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
33350 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
33351 C-q a ws-query-replace
33352 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
33353 C-q c end-of-buffer
33354 C-q d end-of-line
33355 C-q f ws-search
33356 C-q k ws-to-block-end
33357 C-q l ws-undo
33358 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
33359 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
33360 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
33361 C-q w ws-last-error
33362 C-q y ws-kill-eol
33363 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
33365 \(fn)" t nil)
33367 ;;;***
33369 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20374 32165))
33370 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
33372 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
33373 Perform an interactive search.
33374 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
33375 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
33376 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
33377 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
33379 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
33380 Example:
33382 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
33384 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
33386 ;;;***
33388 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
33389 ;;;;;; (20378 29222))
33390 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
33392 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
33393 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
33394 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
33395 Returns the top node with all its children.
33396 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
33397 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33399 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33401 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
33402 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
33403 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
33404 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
33405 is not well-formed XML.
33406 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
33407 and returned as the first element of the list.
33408 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33410 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33412 ;;;***
33414 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
33415 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20355 10021))
33416 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
33418 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
33419 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
33420 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
33421 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
33422 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
33423 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
33424 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
33425 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
33426 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
33427 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
33429 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
33431 ;;;***
33433 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20355
33434 ;;;;;; 10021))
33435 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
33437 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
33438 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
33439 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33440 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33441 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33442 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
33444 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
33446 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
33447 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
33448 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
33449 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33450 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
33452 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
33453 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
33454 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
33455 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
33456 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
33457 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
33459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33461 ;;;***
33463 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
33464 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20355 10021))
33465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
33467 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
33468 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
33470 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33472 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
33473 Extract file name from an yenc header.
33475 \(fn)" nil nil)
33477 ;;;***
33479 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33480 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20364 42504))
33481 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
33483 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
33484 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
33486 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
33488 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
33489 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
33491 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
33493 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
33494 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
33495 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
33497 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
33499 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
33500 Zippy goes to the analyst.
33502 \(fn)" t nil)
33504 ;;;***
33506 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20355 10021))
33507 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
33509 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
33510 Zone out, completely.
33512 \(fn)" t nil)
33514 ;;;***
33516 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
33517 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
33518 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
33519 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
33520 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
33521 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
33522 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
33523 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
33524 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
33525 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
33526 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
33527 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
33528 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
33529 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
33530 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
33531 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
33532 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
33533 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
33534 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
33535 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
33536 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
33537 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
33538 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
33539 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
33540 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
33541 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
33542 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
33543 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
33544 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
33545 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
33546 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
33547 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
33548 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
33549 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
33550 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
33551 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
33552 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
33553 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
33554 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
33555 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
33556 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
33557 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
33558 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
33559 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
33560 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
33561 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
33562 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33563 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33564 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33565 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33566 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33567 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33568 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33569 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33570 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
33571 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
33572 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
33573 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
33574 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
33575 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
33576 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33577 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33578 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33579 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33580 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33581 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33582 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33583 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33584 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33585 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33586 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33587 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33588 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
33589 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
33590 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
33591 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
33592 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
33593 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
33594 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
33595 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
33596 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
33597 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
33598 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
33599 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
33600 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
33601 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
33602 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
33603 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
33604 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
33605 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
33606 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
33607 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
33608 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
33609 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
33610 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
33611 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
33612 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
33613 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
33614 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
33615 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
33616 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el"
33617 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
33618 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
33619 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
33620 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
33621 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
33622 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
33623 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
33624 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
33625 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
33626 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
33627 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
33628 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
33629 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
33630 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
33631 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
33632 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
33633 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
33634 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
33635 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
33636 ;;;;;; "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
33637 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
33638 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
33639 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33640 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33641 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33642 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33643 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33644 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33645 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33646 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33647 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33648 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33649 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
33650 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
33651 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
33652 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
33653 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
33654 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
33655 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33656 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33657 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33658 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33659 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33660 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33661 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33662 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33663 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33664 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33665 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33666 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33667 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33668 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33669 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33670 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33671 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33672 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33673 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33674 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33675 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33676 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33677 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
33678 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
33679 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el"
33680 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
33681 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
33682 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33683 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
33684 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el"
33685 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
33686 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
33687 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el"
33688 ;;;;;; "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
33689 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
33690 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
33691 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
33692 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
33693 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
33694 ;;;;;; "org/org-special-blocks.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el"
33695 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
33696 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
33697 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
33698 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
33699 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
33700 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
33701 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
33702 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
33703 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
33704 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
33705 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
33706 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
33707 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
33708 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
33709 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
33710 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
33711 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
33712 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
33713 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
33714 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
33715 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
33716 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
33717 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
33718 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20383
33719 ;;;;;; 47348 883221))
33721 ;;;***
33723 (provide 'loaddefs)
33724 ;; Local Variables:
33725 ;; version-control: never
33726 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33727 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33728 ;; coding: utf-8
33729 ;; End:
33730 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here